Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Packaged Foods / Greencore Group

Greencore Group

gnc · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker gnc
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Greencore Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
greencore.com

G
r
e
e
n
c
o
r
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
0

Bringing 
Convenience to 

Greencore Group plc
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry
Dublin 9

Tel:  +353 1 605 1000
Fax: +353 1 605 1099

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Welcome
About  
Greencore

Greencore Group plc is a leading 
convenience food business with an  
annual turnover in excess of €850m.  
It has manufacturing facilities in the  
United Kingdom and in the United States  
and employs over 7,400 people.

Greencore
Vision

Our vision is to be a leading international 
food company delivering convenient, 
premium-quality meal and snack  
solutions to retailers and foodservice 
providers at prices the majority of today’s 
consumers can afford every day.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
greencore.com

G
r
e
e
n
c
o
r
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
0

Bringing 
Convenience to 

Greencore Group plc
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry
Dublin 9

Tel:  +353 1 605 1000
Fax: +353 1 605 1099

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Welcome
About  
Greencore

Greencore Group plc is a leading 
convenience food business with an  
annual turnover in excess of €850m.  
It has manufacturing facilities in the  
United Kingdom and in the United States  
and employs over 7,400 people.

Greencore
Vision

Our vision is to be a leading international 
food company delivering convenient, 
premium-quality meal and snack  
solutions to retailers and foodservice 
providers at prices the majority of today’s 
consumers can afford every day.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights
Financial

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

 •

1 of ¤856.0m, an increase of 6.9%.

2 from continuing operations1 of ¤59.7m, an increase of 17.6%.
2 from continuing operations1 of 7.0%, an increase of 63bps.

Group sales from continuing operations
Group operating profit
Group operating margin
A 31.8% reduction, year on year, in Group net debt to ¤193.4m from ¤283.5m at the end of FY09.
Final dividend of 4.5 cent per share (FY09: 4.5 cent) resulting in a total dividend for the year of  
7.5 cent per share (FY09: 7.5 cent per share).
Adjusted EPS

3 of 16.7 cent compared to 17.4 cent in FY09.

Strong performance in Convenience Foods division

1 of ¤784.5m ahead of FY09 by 10.7%.

2 in continuing businesses1 increased by 21.1% to ¤54.1m.

2 by 60 bps to 6.9% in continuing businesses1.

1 growth, operating profit1,2 growth and margin1,2 expansion.

 •
 •
 •
 •

Sales in continuing businesses
Operating profit
Improvement in operating margin
A year of excellent sales
- 
-  Benefit of lower UK manufacturing capacity.
- 
-  Growth in US sales by 18%.

 Further delivery on the Group’s lean and operating efficiency programmes.

 Supportive consumer trends of increased ‘at home’ and ‘on the go’ food consumption.

Portfolio change and other business highlights

 •

 •

Following three strategic disposals for an aggregate total consideration of ¤142.3m
emerged at the end of FY10 as a leaner, more focused convenience foods group with two key  
geographies, the UK and the US.
-  Malt disposal completed on 26 March 2010. 
-  Water business disposal completed on 26 March 2010.
- 
 Continental European convenience food business disposal completed on 20 August 2010.
Remaining Ingredients & Property activity trading satisfactorily and representing less than 10%  
of Group sales and operating profit post the disposal of Malt.

4 the Group  

1 

2 
3 

4 

 Continuing operations comparisons exclude disposed activities (Malt in the Ingredients &  
Property division and Water and the Continental businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
 Before exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
 Before exceptional items, pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, FX on  
inter-company and certain external loan balances and the movement in the fair value of  
all derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments.
Including deferred amounts and portion of pension liabilities transferred.

856.0

800.9

Revenue 1 ¤m

2010

2009

+6.9%

Revenue 1 by division

  92%  Convenience Foods
  8% 

Ingredients & Property

Operating profit 1,2  ¤m

2010

2009

59.7

50.8

+17.6%

Operating profit 1,2 by division

  91%  Convenience Foods
  9% 

Ingredients & Property

Adjusted EPS 3 (cents)

2010

2009

16.7

17.4

–4.0%

Group Revenue:

¤856m

Convenience
Food Revenue:

¤785m

Ingredients &
Property Revenue:

¤71m

Employees:

7,444

Our
Past
2000: 
 •

Acquisition of Roberts Group Ltd.  
(frozen savouries and desserts)

2001:
 •

Acquisition of Hazlewood  
Foods plc

2002: 
 •

Disposal of non-core  
Hazlewood businesses

2004:
 •

Consolidation of Chilled Foods  
and Ambient & Frozen Foods  
divisions to become Greencore  
Convenience Foods

2006: 
 •

Last sugar site at Mallow closed

 •

Acquisition of Oldfields sandwich  
facility in Bow

2007: 
 •

Acquisition of Sushi San, sushi  
manufacturer in Crosby

 •

Acquisition of the leading foodservice 
desserts manufacturer Ministry of Cake

 •

Acquisition of Ross’s ambient grocery brand

2008: 
 •

Greencore enter US market with  
acquisition of Home Made Brand  
Foods in Boston

2009:
 •

Disposal of Drummonds

 •

 Greencore’s second US facility  
opened in Cincinnati

Our
Present
2010: 
 •

Disposal of Greencore Malt,  
Water and Continental

Our US
Locations

Shareholder and Other Information

Greencore Group plc is an Irish registered company. Its ordinary shares are quoted on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. 
Greencore has a level 1 American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programme for which the Bank of New York acts as depositary (Symbol: GNCGY).  
Each ADR share represents four Greencore ordinary shares.

Shareholding Statistics as at 7 December 2010

Number of holders 
% 

Number 

5,598 
3,954 
721 
351 
150 
41 
25 
55 

51.4 
36.3 
6.6 
3.2 
1.4 
0.4 
0.2 
0.5 

Ordinary shares

Number 

  2,079,469 
  8,896,655 
  5,098,974 
  5,390,808 
  7,309,429 
6,591,192 
9,119,862 
  163,270,468 

%

1.0
4.2
2.5
2.6
3.5
3.2
4.4
78.6

10,895 

100.0 

  207,756,857 

100.0

Stockbrokers
Goodbody Stockbrokers
Ballsbridge Business Park
Ballsbridge
Dublin 4

Investec Securities
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP
UK

American Depositary Receipts
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
22nd Floor – West
New York NY 10286
USA

Website
www.greencore.com

Range of shares held 

0 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 25,000 
25,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 250,000 
250,001 – 500,000 
Over 500,000 

Financial Calendar

Record date for 2010 final dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
Payment date for 2010 final dividend 
Half yearly financial report 
Financial year end 
Interim Management Statement  
Interim dividend payment 
Preliminary announcement of results 

3 December 2010
31 January 2011
1 April 2011
May 2011
30 September 2011
August 2011
October 2011
November 2011

Advisors and Registered Office

Company Secretary
Conor O’Leary ACIS

Registered Office
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry 
Dublin 9

Auditor
KPMG
1 Stokes Place
St Stephen’s Green
Dublin 2

Registrar and Transfer Office
Computershare Investor
Services (Ireland) Limited
Heron House, Corrig Road
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18

Solicitors
Arthur Cox
Earlsfort Centre
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2

Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY
UK

Eversheds
Bridgewater Place
Water Lane
Leeds LS11 5DR
UK

You can also view this report online at  
http://ar2010.greencore.com/

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights
Financial

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

 •

1 of ¤856.0m, an increase of 6.9%.

2 from continuing operations1 of ¤59.7m, an increase of 17.6%.
2 from continuing operations1 of 7.0%, an increase of 63bps.

Group sales from continuing operations
Group operating profit
Group operating margin
A 31.8% reduction, year on year, in Group net debt to ¤193.4m from ¤283.5m at the end of FY09.
Final dividend of 4.5 cent per share (FY09: 4.5 cent) resulting in a total dividend for the year of  
7.5 cent per share (FY09: 7.5 cent per share).
Adjusted EPS

3 of 16.7 cent compared to 17.4 cent in FY09.

Strong performance in Convenience Foods division

1 of ¤784.5m ahead of FY09 by 10.7%.

2 in continuing businesses1 increased by 21.1% to ¤54.1m.

2 by 60 bps to 6.9% in continuing businesses1.

1 growth, operating profit1,2 growth and margin1,2 expansion.

 •
 •
 •
 •

Sales in continuing businesses
Operating profit
Improvement in operating margin
A year of excellent sales
- 
-  Benefit of lower UK manufacturing capacity.
- 
-  Growth in US sales by 18%.

 Further delivery on the Group’s lean and operating efficiency programmes.

 Supportive consumer trends of increased ‘at home’ and ‘on the go’ food consumption.

Portfolio change and other business highlights

 •

 •

Following three strategic disposals for an aggregate total consideration of ¤142.3m
emerged at the end of FY10 as a leaner, more focused convenience foods group with two key  
geographies, the UK and the US.
-  Malt disposal completed on 26 March 2010. 
-  Water business disposal completed on 26 March 2010.
- 
 Continental European convenience food business disposal completed on 20 August 2010.
Remaining Ingredients & Property activity trading satisfactorily and representing less than 10%  
of Group sales and operating profit post the disposal of Malt.

4 the Group  

1 

2 
3 

4 

 Continuing operations comparisons exclude disposed activities (Malt in the Ingredients &  
Property division and Water and the Continental businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
 Before exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
 Before exceptional items, pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, FX on  
inter-company and certain external loan balances and the movement in the fair value of  
all derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments.
Including deferred amounts and portion of pension liabilities transferred.

856.0

800.9

Revenue 1 ¤m

2010

2009

+6.9%

Revenue 1 by division

  92%  Convenience Foods
  8% 

Ingredients & Property

Operating profit 1,2  ¤m

2010

2009

59.7

50.8

+17.6%

Operating profit 1,2 by division

  91%  Convenience Foods
  9% 

Ingredients & Property

Adjusted EPS 3 (cents)

2010

2009

16.7

17.4

–4.0%

Group Revenue:

¤856m

Convenience
Food Revenue:

¤785m

Ingredients &
Property Revenue:

¤71m

Employees:

7,444

Our
Past
2000: 
 •

Acquisition of Roberts Group Ltd.  
(frozen savouries and desserts)

2001:
 •

Acquisition of Hazlewood  
Foods plc

2002: 
 •

Disposal of non-core  
Hazlewood businesses

2004:
 •

Consolidation of Chilled Foods  
and Ambient & Frozen Foods  
divisions to become Greencore  
Convenience Foods

2006: 
 •

Last sugar site at Mallow closed

 •

Acquisition of Oldfields sandwich  
facility in Bow

2007: 
 •

Acquisition of Sushi San, sushi  
manufacturer in Crosby

 •

Acquisition of the leading foodservice 
desserts manufacturer Ministry of Cake

 •

Acquisition of Ross’s ambient grocery brand

2008: 
 •

Greencore enter US market with  
acquisition of Home Made Brand  
Foods in Boston

2009:
 •

Disposal of Drummonds

 •

 Greencore’s second US facility  
opened in Cincinnati

Our
Present
2010: 
 •

Disposal of Greencore Malt,  
Water and Continental

Our US
Locations

Shareholder and Other Information

Greencore Group plc is an Irish registered company. Its ordinary shares are quoted on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. 
Greencore has a level 1 American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programme for which the Bank of New York acts as depositary (Symbol: GNCGY).  
Each ADR share represents four Greencore ordinary shares.

Shareholding Statistics as at 7 December 2010

Number of holders 
% 

Number 

5,598 
3,954 
721 
351 
150 
41 
25 
55 

51.4 
36.3 
6.6 
3.2 
1.4 
0.4 
0.2 
0.5 

Ordinary shares

Number 

  2,079,469 
  8,896,655 
  5,098,974 
  5,390,808 
  7,309,429 
6,591,192 
9,119,862 
  163,270,468 

%

1.0
4.2
2.5
2.6
3.5
3.2
4.4
78.6

10,895 

100.0 

  207,756,857 

100.0

Stockbrokers
Goodbody Stockbrokers
Ballsbridge Business Park
Ballsbridge
Dublin 4

Investec Securities
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP
UK

American Depositary Receipts
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
22nd Floor – West
New York NY 10286
USA

Website
www.greencore.com

Range of shares held 

0 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 25,000 
25,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 250,000 
250,001 – 500,000 
Over 500,000 

Financial Calendar

Record date for 2010 final dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
Payment date for 2010 final dividend 
Half yearly financial report 
Financial year end 
Interim Management Statement  
Interim dividend payment 
Preliminary announcement of results 

3 December 2010
31 January 2011
1 April 2011
May 2011
30 September 2011
August 2011
October 2011
November 2011

Advisors and Registered Office

Company Secretary
Conor O’Leary ACIS

Registered Office
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry 
Dublin 9

Auditor
KPMG
1 Stokes Place
St Stephen’s Green
Dublin 2

Registrar and Transfer Office
Computershare Investor
Services (Ireland) Limited
Heron House, Corrig Road
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18

Solicitors
Arthur Cox
Earlsfort Centre
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2

Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY
UK

Eversheds
Bridgewater Place
Water Lane
Leeds LS11 5DR
UK

You can also view this report online at  
http://ar2010.greencore.com/

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

1

Our UK & Ireland
Locations

Contents

Overview

Highlights	
Greencore	at	a	Glance	
Chairman’s	Statement	

IFC
2
4

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

Business Review

Chief	Executive’s	Review	
Strategy	
Key	Performance	Indicators	
	Divisional	Review	
–	Convenience	Foods	
	Divisional	Review	
–	Ingredients	&	Property	
Financial	Review	
	Principal	Risks	and	Uncertainties	
	Corporate	Responsibility	Review	
Board	of	Directors	

Corporate Governance

Directors’	Report	
	Corporate	Governance	Report	
	Report	on	Directors’	Remuneration	
Statement	of	Directors’	Responsibilities	

8
9	
11

14

17
20
24
26
32

34
37
40
46

Key

	 Convenience	Foods

Ingredients	&	Property

	 Office	Locations

Group 
Fast Facts

 •

 •

 •

A leading international producer of convenience 
food with operations in the UK and the US.
 Strong market positions in the UK convenience 
food market across sandwiches, chilled prepared 
meals, chilled sauces and soups, ambient sauces 
and pickles, cakes and desserts and Yorkshire 
puddings.
 Extending presence outside the UK with an 
emerging convenience foods business in the US.

Financial Statements

Independent	Auditor’s	Report	
Group	Statement	of	Accounting	Policies	
	Group	Income	Statement	
	Group	Statement	of	Recognised		
Income	and	Expense	
Group	Balance	Sheet	
	Group	Cash	Flow	Statement	
Group	Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity	
Notes	to	the	Group	Financial	Statements	
		Company	Statement	of	Accounting	Policies	
Company	Balance	Sheet	
	Notes	to	the	Company	Financial	Statements	
	Shareholder	and	Other	Information	

48
50
61

62
63
64
65
67
108
110
111
IBC

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

	
	
 
 
 
2

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

At a Glance

Convenience Foods division

Food to Go

Prepared 
Meals

Chilled Sauces 
and Soups

Grocery

One of the UK’s leading 
sandwich manufacturers, 
also producing prepared 
salads and sushi, with four 
state-of-the-art facilities 
and a UK direct to store 
van distribution service.

A major manufacturer  
of chilled prepared  
meals and a leading 
producer of quiche and 
savoury flans in the UK, 
with three well invested 
facilities.

A leading supplier of  
chilled sauces and soups. 
Our facility at Bristol 
provides both own label 
and branded products for 
retailers across the UK.

One of the UK’s  
leading manufacturers  
of ambient grocery 
products, producing a  
wide range of both branded 
and customer own-brand 
sauces, pickles, dressings 
and condiments.

Frozen Foods

Cakes and
Desserts

Foodservice

One of the UK’s leading 
suppliers of frozen 
Yorkshire puddings,  
Toad in the Hole and  
filled Yorkshire puddings, 
under both brand and 
customer own label.

A major producer  
of celebration cakes  
and a leading supplier  
of Christmas cakes, 
operating from one of 
Europe’s leading cakes  
and desserts facilities.

Through the Ministry  
of Cake facility in  
Taunton, Greencore  
is a leading supplier  
of frozen desserts to the 
UK foodservice industry.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

3

Greencore 
“the ingredients”

Food to Go

Prepared Meals

Chilled Sauces & Soups

Grocery
Frozen Foods
Foodservice

Cakes & Desserts

North America

The Convenience  
Foods division...
provides a wide range of chilled,  
frozen and ambient foods to major  
retail and foodservice customers  
in the UK, the US, and Ireland.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

North 
America

With two facilities  
in the US, Greencore 
manufactures and 
supplies a range of 
branded and customer 
own-brand chilled 
convenience foods, 
including sandwiches, 
entrees, quiche and salads.

Edible Oils
A leading Irish trader  
and distributor of 
vegetable oils and  
fats to the food 
manufacturing and 
associated sectors.

Molasses
An importer and 
distributor of cane  
and beet molasses  
for animal feed and 
industrial use.

Property
A specialist team  
set up to maximise  
the value of the Group’s 
surplus property assets.

y
t
r
e
p
o
r
P
&
s
t
n
e
i
d
e
r
g
n
I

 
 
 
 
 
4

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Chairman’s Statement
Ned Sullivan

“		The	Group	delivered	a	good	performance	overall	

with	an	adjusted	EPS3	of	16.7	cent	compared		
to	17.4	cent	in	FY09	with	the	initially	dilutive	impact	
of	the	disposal	of	Malt	substantially	offset	by		

strong	growth	in	convenience	foods	earnings.”

Dividend
per	share:

7.5c

Increase	in	Group		
operating	profit	1,2:	

17.6%

1	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients	&	Property	division		
and	Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).

2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.
3	

	Before	exceptional	items,	pension	finance	items,	acquisition	related	amortisation,	FX	on	inter-company		
and	certain	external	loan	balances	and	the	movement	in	the	fair	value	of	all	derivative	financial	instruments
and	related	debt	adjustments.
Including	deferred	amounts	and	portion	of	pension	liabilities	transferred.

4	
5	 Before	disposal	related	costs	and	working	capital	adjustments.

Summary of Performance

The	Group	delivered	a	good	performance	overall	
with	an	adjusted	EPS3	of	16.7	cent	compared	to	
17.4	cent	in	FY09	with	the	initially	dilutive	impact	
of	the	disposal	of	Malt	substantially	offset	by	
strong	growth	in	convenience	foods	earnings.

A	key	highlight	of	the	year	was	the	successful	
disposal	programme	with	the	Group’s	Malt,	
Water	and	Continental	convenience	food	
businesses	disposed	of	for	an	aggregate	total	
consideration	of	¤142.3m4,	including	cash	
received	on	completion	of	¤129.4m5,	with		
an	aggregate	surplus	on	disposal	of	¤2.3m.	
Convenience	Foods	trading	was	very	strong		
in	the	year	with	operating	profit2	from	continuing	
operations1	21.1%	ahead	of	FY09.	The	Group	
exited	FY10	as	a	focused,	strong	performing	
convenience	foods	business	with	31.8%	less		
net	debt	than	at	the	end	of	September	2009.	
Net	debt	was	¤193.4m	on	24	September		
2010	compared	to	¤283.5m	at	the	end		
of	the	previous	financial	year.

The	Convenience	Foods	division	had	a	very	
strong	year	benefiting	from	overall	market	
growth,	positive	consumer	trends	with	a	
sustained	trend	of	the	consumer	eating	more	
food	at	home,	with	a	switch	from	dining	out,		
and	a	tighter	capacity	environment	in	the	UK.	

	
		
	
Focused

announce	that	Eric	Nicoli	had	been	co-opted		
to	the	Board	as	a	Non-Executive	Director.	Also,		
in	May	2010	Caroline	Bergin	resigned	as	Group	
Company	Secretary	to	take	up	an	opportunity	
outside	the	Group	and	Conor	O’Leary	was	
appointed	to	replace	her	as	Group	Company	
Secretary.	On	behalf	of	the	Board	I	would	like		
to	thank	Caroline	for	her	outstanding	service		
to	the	Group	over	nineteen	years	and	our	best	
wishes	for	her	future	career.	I	also	wish	Conor	
every	success	in	his	new	role.

On	3	December	2010	Tony	Hynes	retired		
from	the	Board.	Tony	has	been	an	outstanding	
contributor	to	Greencore	and	to	the	Board	since	
his	appointment	in	2001	during	a	period	of	
significant	change	in	our	company,	our	markets,	
our	portfolio	and	our	leadership	team.	I	would		
like	to	thank	Tony	sincerely	for	his	valued	input,	
dedication	and	expertise,	which	have	contributed	
greatly	to	the	development	of	the	Group.		
The	board	wishes	Tony	well	for	the	future.

Later	this	month,	Geoff	Doherty	will	step		
down	from	our	Board	as	he	moves	on	to	take		
up	the	position	of	Chief	Financial	Officer	at	
Kingspan	plc.	Geoff	has	made	an	enormous	
contribution	to	Greencore	as	Group	Financial	
Controller,	Group	Development	Director	and	
latterly	as	Group	Chief	Financial	Officer.	He	is		
a	special	talent	and	I	would	like	to	both	thank	
him	for	his	impact	and	wish	him	well	in	his		
future	career.

Dividend and Outlook

The	Board	of	Directors	is	recommending		
a	final	dividend	of	4.5	cent	per	share	(FY09		
final	dividend	of	4.5	cent	per	share)	bringing		
the	total	dividend	for	the	year	to	7.5	cent.

Divisional	sales	from	continuing	operations1	of	
¤784.5m	were	10.7%	ahead	of	the	prior	year	
with	most	category	businesses	experiencing		
a	strong	growth	in	volume	year	on	year.	
Operating	profit2	from	continuing	operations1		
of	¤54.1m	increased	by	21.1%.	The	operating	
margin2	from	continuing	operations1	increased		
by	60	basis	points	to	6.9%	when	compared	with	
FY09,	reflecting	the	benefits	of	volume	growth,	
operating	efficiency	measures	and	productivity	
growth	in	the	period.	A	key	highlight	of	the	
performance	during	the	year	was	the	resurgence	
in	chilled	ready	meals	with	the	Group’s	sales	
growing	by	22%	due	to	growth	with	existing	
customers	as	well	as	the	addition	of	a	significant	
new	ready	meal	customer	during	the	year.

The	Ingredients	&	Property	division,		
which	now	represents	less	than	10%	of	Group	
activity,	had	a	solid	performance	in	the	year	in		
a	challenging	trading	environment	in	which	the	
division	recorded	an	operating	margin1,2	of	7.8%.

A Strategy in Action 

The	financial	year	under	review	was	a	year		
of	significant	progress	in	the	Group’s	execution	
of	its	strategy	as	a	focused	convenience	foods	
group.	A	strong	operating	performance	was	
delivered	with	excellent	growth	recorded		
in	sales,	margin	and	profitability.	As	well	as	this,	
the	business	disposals	during	the	year	made	
compelling	sense	both	financially	and	strategically	
and	have	ideally	placed	the	Group	for	the	next	
stage	of	its	development	in	convenience	foods.	

Changes to Board of 
Directors and Group 
Company Secretary

In	February	2010,	Gerald	Corbett	retired	from	
the	Board.	Gerald’s	wise	counsel	was	hugely	
valued	by	the	Board	during	a	period	of	over		
five	years	as	a	Non-Executive	Director	in	a	time	
of	significant	change	for	the	Group.	The	Board	
would	like	to	thank	Gerald	for	his	enormous	
contribution	to	its	deliberations	during	that	
period.	In	May	2010,	we	were	delighted	to	

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

5

Trading	in	the	early	part	of	FY11	is	encouraging	
albeit	sales	growth	is	at	more	modest	levels		
than	that	recorded	during	FY10.	We	continue	to	
experience	buoyant	demand	for	our	convenience	
food	offerings	across	our	category	businesses.	
Ingredient	inflation	is	more	pronounced	now	
than	it	was	a	year	ago	although	it	is	currently	at	
levels	at	which	we	are	maintaining	our	portfolio	
margin	with	good	traction	to	date	on	attaining	
selling	price	increases.	The	Group’s	bank	interest	
expense	is	expected	to	be	significantly	lower	in	
FY11	reflecting	the	full	year	impact	associated	
with	the	Group’s	FY10	disposals	and	the	related	
debt	restructuring	initiatives.

The	Group	made	enormous	progress	in	FY10		
in	sharpening	its	portfolio	focus	with	the	disposals	
of	Malt,	Water	and	the	Continental	convenience	
foods	business.	The	Group	entered	the	new	
financial	year	as	a	growing,	high	performing	
convenience	foods	group.	The	proposed	merger	
of	Greencore	and	Northern	Foods	plc,	as	
announced	and	recommended	by	both	Boards	
on	17	November	2010,	represents	an	unrivalled	
opportunity	for	both	groups	to	create	a	scale	
food	business	with	a	strong	team,	well	invested	
manufacturing	facilities,	an	excellent	portfolio		
of	private	label	and	branded	food	activities	and		
a	strategy	to	create	significant	shareholder	
value	over	the	coming	years.

Ned	Sullivan
Chairman
9	December	2010

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
6

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Development
Learning
Quality

The Group has a Learning and 
Development Strategy, which maps  
out initiatives that support the 
development of our people at all levels.

The key elements of the strategy are:
••

•our performance management 

PRIDE:
programme, that sets personal 
development plans and maps delivery 
against Greencore values as well as 
personal and business objectives.

••

••
Lean Greencore Leadership Academy:
a Group-wide programme that provides  
a holistic approach to building food 
manufacturing capability in our people 
through recognised lean manufacturing 
tools and world-class standards.

••

••

Emerging Leaders Programme: 
•
a programme which identifies future  
senior leaders within the business, 
providing necessary training and 
development over an eighteen to 
twenty-four month period.

••
New starter induction and training:
an induction programme for all new  
starters ensuring that they have the  
right qualifications and food hygiene 
training required to do their job and  
to maximise their potential.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

7

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
8

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Chief Executive’s Review
Patrick Coveney

Introduction

Our Consumer

I	am	pleased	to	report	to	you	on	a	year		
of	significant	progress	for	Greencore,	a	year		
in	which	a	strong	trading	performance	was	
delivered	together	with	a	step	change	in	the	
progression	of	the	Group’s	development	
agenda.	Trading	conditions	during	the	year		
were	broadly	positive	with	consumers	adjusting	
to,	and	settling	down	in,	a	new	set	of	economic	
conditions	together	with	a	reasonably	benign	
raw	material	pricing	environment	for	much	of	
the	year.	The	progress	made	in	FY10,	and	the	
factors	which	will	drive	our	business	in	FY11	and	
beyond,	reflect	the	combination	of	our	strategy,	
our	portfolio,	our	people,	our	well	invested	
facilities	and,	importantly,	lining	these	up	to	
deliver	our	targeted	returns	on	capital.

Our Strategy

Our	strategy	is	a	simple	one	–	to	win	in	
convenience	foods.	The	performance	in	FY10	
highlights,	whilst	there	is	plenty	more	to	do,	that	
our	business	is	winning	in	its	key	categories.	
Winning	in	this	context	means	growing	and	
underpinning	our	leading	market	positions		
by	making	excellent	food	for	a	margin	which	
gives	us	an	appropriate	return	on	capital.		
Our	customers	consistently	recognise	this		
and	an	example	I	am	proud	to	highlight	is	our	
ambient	cooking	sauces	category	recently	
winning	‘The	Grocer	Own	Label	Supplier	of		
the	Year	Award’	in	the	ambient	meal	category.	
This	example	reflects	the	‘good	food’	passion	
evident	in	every	part	of	our	business	within	our	
overall	strategy	of	winning	in	convenience	foods.

Following	the	consumer	recovery	which		
was	first	evident	in	the	second	half	of	FY09,	
FY10	was	a	year	in	which	consumer	behaviour	
strongly	underpinned	demand	for	our	portfolio	
offering.	More	importantly,	there	is	strong	
evidence	that	many	of	the	lifestyle	changes		
and	food	consumption	patterns	seen	in	the		
last	eighteen	months	are	now	embedded		
with	consumers	adjusting	to	a	new	economic	
environment.	In	particular,	the	macro	trends		
of	increased	consumption	of	food	on	the	go,		
as	well	as	at	home,	strongly	support	demand		
for	our	food	offering.	Our	task	daily	is	to	supply	
our	customers	and	consumers	with	an	innovative,	
quality	food	proposition	at	a	price	they	can	afford	
to	pay.	The	sales	growth1	of	10.7%	we	recorded		
in	FY10	in	convenience	foods,	significantly	ahead	
of	market	growth	of	7.5%	in	the	same	period,		
is	testament	to	the	performance	of	our	business	
in	meeting	the	needs	of	our	customers	and	
consumers.	We	do	not	take	anything	for	granted	
on	this	agenda	with	our	markets	constantly	
changing	and	our	need	to	be	immediately	
responsive	to	changes	in	tastes	and	preferences.	
We	continually	work	with	our	customers	to	
pre-empt	these	trends.	In	our	key	UK	and	US	
markets	we	believe	the	consumer	environment,	
currently	and	for	as	far	out	as	we	can	reasonably	
see,	is	positive	for	our	portfolio	and	our	job	is	to	
ensure	that	we	continue	to	innovate	and	deliver	
a	food	proposition	that	consumers	will	buy	week	
in	week	out.

Our Portfolio

“		I	am	pleased	to	report	to	you	on	a	year	of	significant	

progress	for	Greencore,	a	year	in	which	a	strong	
trading	performance	was	delivered	together	with		
a	step	change	in	the	progression	of	the	Group’s	

development	agenda.”

1	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients	&	Property		
division	and	Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).

2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.

The	breadth	of	our	portfolio	is	such	that	we		
can	supply	almost	any	meal	proposition	for	any	
part	of	the	day.	Greencore’s	portfolio	stretches	
across	sandwiches,	salads,	sushi,	chilled	ready	
meals,	quiche,	Yorkshire	Pudding,	ambient	
cooking	sauces	and	a	range	of	cakes	and	
desserts.	This	portfolio	delivered	10.7%	sales	
growth1	and	21%	operating	profit	growth1,2	in	FY10.	
This	breadth	and	balance	enables	us	to	offer		
an	overall	food	solution	as	opposed	to	being		
‘just	a	sandwich’	or	‘just	a	meals’	business	whilst	
affording	us	significant	benefits	due	to	broader	
scale.	Invariably,	as	with	any	portfolio	in	a	given	
year	some	businesses	will	do	better	than	others	
and	our	portfolio	breadth	helps	us	capture	overall	
market	growth	in	convenience	food	consumption.

Strategy

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

9

Goal

To	win	in
Convenience	Foods

UK
To	lead	in	UK		
Convenience	Foods

US
To	lead	in	selected	regions		
of	US	Convenience	Foods

	•

Strategy
in the UK. Our	plans	are	to:
	•
Drive value from our existing well invested  
assets and demonstrated capability.
Get closer still to our consumers and customers  
to anticipate and fully meet their category needs.
Enhance the robustness and depth of our teams  
a cross all functions and businesses.
Create an organisation that believes in itself, takes 
pride in what it does, is agile and responsive to  
market changes and is positioned for future growth.
Remember that we are a food company  
– we must champion great food!

	•

	•

	•

Strategy
in the US. Our	plans	are	to:
	•

	•

	•

	•

 Take the time to really understand the market and  
build enduring relationships with our consumers, 
customers, regulators, suppliers and colleagues.
Embed a leadership team and operating model  
that has the ambition, capability and headroom  
to develop and operate, in time, a scale business.
Continue to hit the demanding operational and 
commercial milestones that we have in place.
Put in place the right development plan – one that 
gives us the asset footprint we need, maintains 
momentum and delivers for shareholders in the 
long-term.

Culture

Underpinning everything is the imperative to 
strengthen our culture, our organisation and our 
capability. ‘People matter’ in every industry, but 
perhaps most of all in food. Today we have pockets 
of excellence in particular functional areas but 
there is much more to do and we are ‘on the case’. 

Greencore 
“the recipe for success”

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
10

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Chief Executive’s Review
(continued)

Our People

The	industry	that	we	are	in,	whilst	simple	in	
many	ways,	is	enormously	complex	in	others.		
In	some	of	our	category	businesses	we	
assemble	raw	ingredients	into	a	finished	food	
proposition	for	consumption	within	forty	eight	
hours	of	manufacture.	We	have	to	‘get	it	right’		
at	every	critical	step	along	the	way	from	
sourcing	and	supply	chain	to	safe	manufacture,	
logistics	and	customer	relationship	management.	
The	fact	that	we	do	this	consistently	is	testament	
to	the	quality	of	the	people	we	have	in	Greencore.	
We	invest	in	our	people	at	every	level	of	the	
business	with	training	initiatives	such	as	our	‘Lean	
Academy’	and	‘Emerging	Leaders	Programme	
(ELP)’	among	the	many	programmes	successfully	
operating	in	Greencore.	Underpinning	all	of	this		
is	the	imperative	to	strengthen	our	culture,	our	
organisation	and	our	capability.	‘People	matter’		
in	every	industry,	but	perhaps	most	of	all	in	food.	
Today	we	have	pockets	of	excellence	in	particular	
functional	areas	but	there	is	much	more	to	do		
on	this	agenda	and	we	are	actively	on	the	case.

Our Well Invested 
Facilities

Manufacturing	is	a	core	and	key	competence		
at	Greencore.	We	strive	to	obtain	competitive	
advantage	through	having	the	lowest	per	unit	
manufacturing	cost	in	our	key	manufacturing	
sites.	To	this	end	scale	matters	and,	by	way		
of	example,	our	Manton	Wood	manufacturing	
facility	is	the	largest	fresh	sandwich	facility	
globally	and	our	Selby	facility	is	the	largest	
cooking	sauce	facility	in	Europe.	This	scale	
enables	us	to	invest	in	the	best	people,	
technology	and	processes	to	produce	great		
food	and	continually	offer	optimal	per	unit		
costs	to	our	customers.	

Our Profitability and 
Returns on Capital 

I	am	pleased	to	report	the	third	successive		
year	of	improvement	in	the	Group’s	operating	
margin1,2.	This	reflects	the	‘connection’	of	the	
various	facets	which	drive	returns	as	I	have	
referred	to	above.	Group	operating	profit1,2	
increased	by	17.6%	in	FY10	to	¤59.7m	with		
the	operating	margin1,2	of	7%	increasing	by	63	
basis	points.	Over	the	past	three	years	we	have	
been	on	a	steady	path	of	margin	expansion	and	
now,	whilst	continually	targeting	improvement,	
believe	our	margin	represents	a	more	
appropriate	return	on	our	invested	capital.		
The	improvement	in	margin	has	been	delivered	
through	operating	leverage,	our	performance	
management	culture	and	also	from	a	set	of	200+	
separate	efficiency	initiatives	driven	through	the	
business	at	any	point	in	time	in	a	framework	of	
continuous	improvement.	Margin	management	
in	Greencore	is	about	achieving	an	appropriate	
balance	of	returns	on	capital	and	delivering	a	
food	proposition	competitively	to	our	customers.	
Our	pre-tax	return	on	capital	in	FY10	was	14.1%.

Disposals

It	is	only	right	that	I	pay	tribute	to	the	
management	teams	and	employees	of	our	
former	Malt,	Water	and	Continental	businesses.	
These	are	good	businesses	sold	for	an	excellent	
aggregate	consideration	of	¤142.3m3	to	owners		
with	strategies	which	are	much	closer	to	their	
activities	than	Greencore’s.	I	thank	them	
sincerely	for	their	contribution	to	Greencore		
in	the	past	and	wish	them,	together	with	their	
new	owners,	every	success	for	the	future.

“		I	am	very	excited	about	the	prospects	for		

Greencore	and	it	is	an	honour	to	be	its	Chief	
Executive.	The	future	is	bright	for	the	business	in		
any	scenario	now	that	it	has	the	right	combination		

of	portfolio,	people,	balance	sheet	and	strategy.”

1	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients	&	Property		
division	and	Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).

2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.
3	

Including	deferred	amounts	and	portion	of	pension	liabilities	transferred.

The Future

I	am	very	excited	about	the	prospects	for	
Greencore	and	it	is	an	honour	to	be	its	Chief	
Executive.	The	future	is	bright	for	the	business		
in	any	scenario	now	that	it	has	the	right	
combination	of	portfolio,	people,	balance	sheet	
and	strategy.	We	will	continue	to	build	on	this	
and	will	never	accept	the	status	quo	as	‘our	lot’.		
I	am	acutely	conscious	at	the	time	of	writing		
that	we	have	recommended	the	merger	of		
our	business	with	Northern	Foods	plc.	This	has	
the	potential	to	deliver	for	shareholders	in	so	
many	ways	and	will,	if	approved	by	both	sets	of	
shareholders,	present	a	new	area	of	opportunity.	
In	conclusion,	I	would	like	to	thank	all	of	our	
stakeholders	for	their	enduring	support	and	
efforts	in	a	very	busy	year,	including	those	of		
our	employees	and	leaders,	our	customers	and	
our	investors.

Patrick	Coveney
Chief	Executive
9	December	2010

measuring up...

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

11

Key Performance Indicators

The	Group	uses	a	set	of	headline	key	
performance	indicators	to	measure		
the	performance	of	its	operations.	

Although	separate	measures,	the	relationship	
between	all	four	is	also	monitored.	In	addition,	
other	performance	indicators	are	measured		
at	individual	business	unit	level.

01.  Return on Capital Employed
Capital	is	defined	as	the	sum	of	the	book	value	of	shareholders’	
equity	plus	comparable	net	debt3	but	excluding	investment		
property	and	pension	scheme	assets	or	deficits	net	of	deferred		
tax	with	the	returns	measure	expressed	as	operating	profit1,2		
including	share	of	associates.	The	Group’s	return	on	capital		
in	FY10	was	14.1%	(FY09:	10.2%).

02.  Sales Growth
Group	sales1	from	continuing	businesses	increased	by	6.9%		
in	FY10.	In	our	Convenience	Foods	division,	the	Group	measures	
weekly	sales	growth.	In	FY10	we	recorded	10.7%	growth1	from	
continuing	businesses.	In	the	Ingredients	&	Related	Property		
division,	we	track	monthly	sales.	In	FY10	we	recorded	a	22.5%		
sales	decline	on	continuing	businesses1,	albeit	this	activity	now	
represents	a	very	small	proportion	of	Group	sales.

Return	on	Capital	Employed

2010

2009

14.1%

10.2%

+390bps

Group	Sales	1	(¤m)

2010

2009

6.9%

856.0

800.9

03.  Operating Margin
The	Group’s	operating	margin1,2	in	FY10	was	7.0%	compared		
to	6.3%	in	FY09.	In	Convenience	Foods	the	operating	margin1,2		
was	6.9%	compared	to	6.3%	in	FY09.

Operating	Margin	1,2

7.0%
+63bps

04.  Free Cash Flow
The	Group’s	free	cash	measure	is	net	cash	flow	from	operating	
activities	after	capital	expenditure	but	before	exceptional	items	and	
pension	deficit	funding.	Group	continuing1	free	cash	was	¤82.5m	in	
FY10	or	138%	of	Group	operating	profit1,2	of	¤59.7m.

Free	Cash	Flow	

¤82.5m

138%	of	Group	operating	profit2	

1	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients	&	Property	division	and	Water		
and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).

2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.
3	

	Comparable	net	debt	comprises	current	and	non-current	borrowings	less	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	excludes	the		
impact	of	the	fair	value	or	derivative	financial	instruments	and	related	debt	adjustments.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
12

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Inspiration
Expertise
Innovation

We are passionate about good food

To succeed we must understand  
and meet the needs of consumers.  
With the help of market insight and  
an awareness of global food trends  
our development chefs are constantly 
seeking to develop new and exciting 
products that fulfil and exceed 
consumer needs.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

13

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
14

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Divisional Review
Convenience Foods

Prepared	meals	
sales	increase

22%

Overall

The	division	had	a	very	strong	year,	growing	
sales,	profitability	and	margin.	We	have	seen		
a	significant	shift	in	consumer	behaviour	over	
the	past	twelve	months	with	an	increase	in		
‘at	home’	consumption	and	a	buoyant	recovery	
in	food	to	go	notable	trends.	Additionally,	
consumers	have	responded	well	to	new	
innovation	and	development	initiatives	with	a	
return	of	some	consumers	who	had	retreated	
from	certain	categories,	such	as	prepared		
ready	meals,	now	attracted	back	to	the		
market.	As	referred	to	previously,	the	capacity	
environment	in	the	UK	has	improved	with	an	
overall	market	reduction	in	invested	capital	in	
chilled	food	over	the	last	two	years.	We	continue	
to	build	the	overall	portfolio	margin	benefiting	
from	category	mix,	operating	leverage	and	
ongoing	efficiency	initiatives.	

Food to Go
Largest Category Business
Food	to	Go	is	our	largest	category	business	
comprising	fresh	sandwiches,	salads	and	sushi.	
The	‘down	trading’	to	cheaper	sandwiches	which	
was	a	feature	of	the	market	a	year	ago	has	now	
reversed	with	market	value	growth	exceeding	
volume	growth	in	the	final	quarter.	We	continued	
to	grow	share	in	the	major	multiples	in	the	year	
by	driving	the	category	management	agenda		
for	retailers	and	delivering	successful	NPD	and	
innovation.	An	example	of	this	is	our	‘Made	
Today’	range	of	baguettes	and	salads	which		
are	made	daily	after	midnight	using	freshly	
prepared	ingredients.	This	is	positioned		
to	directly	compete	against	high	street		
sandwich	bars.

“		The	division	had	a	very	strong	year,	growing		

sales,	profitability	and	margin.	We	have	seen		
a	significant	shift	in	consumer	behaviour	over	the	
past	twelve	months	with	an	increase	in	‘at	home’	
consumption	and	a	buoyant	recovery	in	food		

Prepared Meals
22% Increase in Sales
Our	Prepared	Meals	business	comprises	two	
core	categories,	chilled	ready	meals	(CRM)	and	
quiche.	As	highlighted	previously	this	year,	the	
performance	of	our	Prepared	Meals	business	
was	significantly	ahead	year	on	year	for	three	
key	reasons.	Firstly,	consumers	have	been	
attracted	back	to	the	category	driven	by	strong	
NPD	and	promotional	activity.	Consumers	are	
reducing	their	out	of	home	dining	frequency	and	
increasing	food	consumption	at	home	whilst	still	
needing	convenience.	Secondly,	the	customers	
we	serve	are	performing	better	than	the	overall	
market.	In	partnership	with	our	customers	we	
have	been	investing	in	a	category	rejuvenation	
process	for	over	twelve	months	and	are	now	
winning	share	with	both	existing	and	new	
customers	who	in	turn	are	attracting	more	
consumers.	The	CRM	market	grew	in	volume		
by	7.7%	in	the	52	weeks	to	3	October	2010	with	
Greencore	growing	its	prepared	meals	sales		
by	22%	in	the	same	period.	A	third	factor	is	
capacity.	For	many	years	the	ability	to	earn		
an	economic	return	in	the	CRM	category	was	
hampered	by	excess	manufacturing	capacity.	
There	have	been	six	factory	closures	since	2008	
which	have	gone	some	way	towards	restoring	
the	supply/demand	balance	in	the	category.

to	go	notable	trends.”

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

15

Foodservice Desserts 
– Ministry of Cake
Sales Volume Growth of 6%
We	are	the	UK’s	number	one	foodservice	
desserts	player	with	a	market	share	of	
approximately	20%	and	the	business	had		
a	good	trading	year	recording	sales	volume	
growth	of	6%.	We	continue	to	build	scale		
trading	relationships	and	have	the	number		
one	selling	dessert	lines	in	Punch	Taverns,	
Greene	King,	Café	Nero	and	Makro.

US Convenience Foods
Sales Growth of 18%
Our	US	business	recorded	sales	growth	of	18%	
in	FY10	with	food	to	go	volume	being	a	key	
driver	of	this	growth.	Significant	investment	in	
factory,	operating	and	business	improvement	
processes	was	carried	out	in	FY10,	the	cost	of	
which	has	impacted	the	comparison	against		
the	profitability	recorded	in	FY09.	The	Group	
has	recorded	cumulative	sales	growth	of	53%	
since	FY08,	the	year	in	which	we	made	our	
platform	acquisition	of	Home	Made	Brand	
Foods.	US	retailers	continue	to	seek	a	fresh	
in-store	prepared	foods	solution	and	the		
growth	we	have	experienced	is	reflective	of	this	
trend.	From	a	standing	start	in	FY08,	we	have	
attained	number	one	market	positions	in	the	
North	Eastern	US	in	the	fresh	manufactured	
sandwiches	and	leaf	salads	markets	with	
number	two	positions	in	the	same	territory		
in	chilled	entrees	and	chilled	quiche.	

Growth

Grocery
SKU Rationalisation  
Programme Completed
Our	Grocery	business	comprises	ambient	
cooking	sauces,	pickles	and	salad	dressings.	
Greencore	has	a	leading	market	position	in	the	
UK	private	label	cooking	sauces	market.	This	
market	grew	by	5.7%	in	volume	in	the	year	to		
3	October	2010.	An	important	aspect	of	FY10	
was	the	completion	of	the	SKU	rationalisation	
programme	to	eliminate	non-economic	product	
lines,	in	particular	a	scaling	back	of	our	contract	
packing	business.	At	the	end	of	FY10,	the	
category	had	470	SKUs,	focused	on	the	core	
categories	of	cooking	sauces,	pickles	and	table	
sauces,	down	from	1,257	SKUs	in	FY07.	As	a	
result	returns	and	profitability	have	improved	
significantly	over	the	same	period.	

Cakes and Desserts
5.1% Increase in Sales Volumes
Our	Cakes	and	Desserts	business	had	a	
satisfactory	year	in	a	difficult	environment.	The	
category	has	been	impacted	by	the	challenges	
of	excess	industry	capacity,	a	more	pronounced	
level	of	raw	material	inflation	than	in	other	
categories	and	a	higher	level	of	promotional	
activity.	The	UK	ambient	cake	market	grew	in	
volume	by	1.6%	in	the	year	to	3	October	2010	
with	Greencore	growing	its	volumes	by	5.1%	in	
the	same	period.	This	was	driven	in	particular	by	
growth	in	our	celebration	cakes	business	which	
grew	by	11.9%	in	FY10	reflecting	innovation		
with	existing	customers	and	the	delivery	of		
a	new	customer.

Chilled Sauces & Soups
15% Sales Growth
We	have	significant	positions	in	the	UK	
manufacture	of	chilled	sauces	and	chilled	soup.	
The	chilled	sauce	market	declined	in	value	by		
1%	with	chilled	soups	growing	in	value	by	11%		
in	the	year	to	3	October	2010.	Our	business	
recorded	a	strong	performance	in	FY10	with	
sales	increasing	by	15%	driven	by	a	57%	year		
on	year	increase	in	soup	volumes	transforming	
our	market	position	to	number	one	in	UK	private	
label	soup.	This	was	driven	by	innovation,	
investment	in	new	capacity	and	the	delivery		
of	a	new	customer.

Frozen Foods
Strong Market Share
Our	Frozen	Yorkshire	Pudding	business	had		
a	solid	year	in	an	environment	of	increased	
competition	from	a	branded	competitor	and	
significant	promotional	activity.	Unfortunately,		
a	fire	occurred	at	our	manufacturing	facility	in	
Leeds	in	March	but	the	Group	had	adequate	
insurance	cover	in	place	to	cover	losses	
associated	with	business	interruption	and	to	
restore	the	plant.	The	first	of	two	ovens	has	
been	commissioned	with	the	second	scheduled	
for	commissioning	by	the	end	of	Q1	in	FY11.	The	
key	category	driver	of	frozen	baked	Yorkshire	
puddings	grew	in	value	by	2%	in	the	year	to		
3	October	2010	with	our	business	decreasing		
in	value	by	2%	due	to	the	impact	of	the	fire.		
We	retain	a	strong	market	share	in	this	category	
and	will	have	a	new,	well	invested,	facility	on	
completion	of	the	second	oven	commissioning		
in	the	early	part	of	2011.

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	the	Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	that	were	disposed	of	during	the	year.

1	
2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.

Sales1	(¤m)

2010

2009

Operating	Profit1,2	(¤m)

Operating	Margin

784.5

708.6

2010

2009

54.1

44.7

2010

2009

6.9%

6.3%

+10.7%

+21.1%

+60bps

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
16

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Divisional Review
Convenience Foods (continued)

US Convenience Foods 
(continued)

A	significant	re-fit	of	our	Newburyport	facility	is	
now	substantially	complete	which	will	enhance	
capability	to	a	comparable	manufacturing	
standard	to	our	UK	facilities	as	well	as	increasing	
capacity.	We	continue	to	search	for	suitable	
bolt-on	acquisition	opportunities	but	to	date	
have	not	identified	a	target	which	reflects	the	
right	combination	of	category	competence,	
manufacturing	capability	and	valuation.		
We	have	sufficient	capacity	at	our	upgraded	
Newburyport	and	Cincinnati	facilities	to	meet	
market	growth	for	the	next	two	years	and	on	
that	basis	have	a	reasonable	timeframe	in	which	
to	progress	our	next	development	move.	

Continental  
Convenience Foods
Disposed of in August 2010
Our	Continental	convenience	foods	business	
was	disposed	of	in	August	2010.	Its	activities,	
which	comprised	7%	of	divisional	sales	in	FY09,	
have	been	disclosed	as	discontinued	due	to	the	
Group’s	full	withdrawal	from	the	Continental	
convenience	food	market.	This	market,	and	
specifically	the	categories	in	which	we	had	a	
competence,	lacked	appropriate	scale	and	had	
no	customer	or	operational	overlap	with	the	rest	
of	the	Group’s	convenience	foods	activities.	

of	18%	in	FY10	with	food	to	go	volume		

“		Our	US	business	recorded	sales	growth		
being	a	key	driver	of	this	growth.”

1	 Continuing	operations	comparisons	excludes	the	Malt	businesses	that	were	disposed	during	the	year.
2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.

Chilled	Sauces	and	
Soups	sales	growth

15%

Water
Disposed of in March 2010
The	Group’s	Water	business	was	disposed	of	in	
March	2010	and	its	results	have	been	disclosed	
as	a	discontinued	activity.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

17

Divisional Review
Ingredients & Property 

Ingredients & Property 
Less than 10% of Group Activity
Ingredients	&	Property	represents	less	than		
10%	of	overall	Group	activity	following	the	
disposal	of	Malt.	The	performance	of	Malt,	
previously	reported	within	this	division,	has	been	
separately	disclosed	as	a	discontinued	activity.	
The	Group’s	remaining	Ingredients	&	Property	
activity	recorded	a	solid	year	in	difficult	market	
conditions.	An	operating	profit	of	¤5.6m		
was	recorded	compared	to	a	profit	of	¤6.1m		
in	FY09	reflecting	reduced	molasses	and		
edible	oils	volumes	in	the	year.

Malt 
Disposed of in March 2010
Malt	was	disposed	of	on	26	March	2010	and	as	a	
consequence	the	FY10	performance	reflects	its	
contribution	for	half	the	financial	year	compared	
to	a	full	year	in	FY09.	The	overall	malt	margin	
was	maintained	due	to	carry-over	volumes	on	
long-term	agreement	contracts	entered	into	in	
previous	years.

Ingredients	&	Property	
operating	profit

¤5.6m

Sales1	(¤m)

2010

2009

Sales	(¤m)

71.5

2010

90.6

92.2

2009

217.2

-22.5%

-58%

Operating	Profit1,2	(¤m)

Operating	Profit	2	(¤m)

2010

2009

-8.0%

5.6

6.1

2010

8.6

2009

-58%

Operating	Margin	1,2

Operating	Margin	2

2010

2009

7.8%

6.6%

2010

2009

+120bps

+/-0%

20.5

9.4%

9.4%

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
18

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Less Waste

Common Sense

Efficiency

We set, measure and monitor  
highly ambitious targets.

To stand out in a highly competitive  
market Greencore needs to ensure  
that its manufacturing processes  
are efficient. Our world-class ‘Lean 
Greencore’ programme delivers 
efficiency throughout the organisation.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

19

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
20 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Financial Review
Geoff Doherty

Overview

The	EUR/GBP	exchange	rate	did	not	significantly	
impact	year	on	year	comparisons	of	the	reported	
results	in	FY10	versus	FY09.	The	average	EUR/
GBP	rate	was	£0.864	compared	to	£0.881	in	
FY09,	positively	impacting	the	year	on	year	
comparison	of	our	Income	Statement	by	2.0%.	
Group	sales	from	continuing	operations1	were	
¤856.0m,	an	increase	of	6.9%.	Group	operating	
profit2	from	continuing	operations1	was	¤59.7m,	
an	increase	of	17.6%.	The	Group	operating	
margin2	on	continuing	operations1	was	7.0%	
compared	to	6.3%	in	FY09.	The	Group	result		
for	FY10	was	a	profit	of	¤34.5m	compared	to		
a	loss	of	¤8.4m	in	FY09.

Capital Structure

The	Group	employs	a	combination	of	debt	and	
equity	to	fund	its	operations.	At	the	end	of	FY10	
the	total	capital	employed	in	the	Group	was	
¤425.6m	(FY09:	¤496.3m).	Capital	employed		
is	defined	as	the	sum	of	the	book	value	of	
shareholders’	equity	plus	comparable	net	debt	
but	excluding	investment	property	and	pension	
scheme	assets	or	deficits.	The	Group’s	primary	
source	of	incremental	capital,	outside	of	the	
capital	markets,	is	its	cash	flow	from	operations1	
which	was	¤96.9m,	before	exceptional	items,	
during	FY10.	The	Group	funds	its	acquisition	
activity	from	a	combination	of	cash	flow	and	
available	headroom	within	committed	bank	
facilities.	All	acquisitions	are	made	within	
internally	prescribed	Group	net	debt	to		
EBITDA	targets	both	on	acquisition	and		
within	eighteen	months	of	acquisition.

As	at	24	September	2010,	the	Group’s	net		
debt	was	¤193.4m	which	represented	2.3	times	
EBITDA,	comfortably	within	the	Group’s	key	debt	
covenant.	At	24	September	2010,	the	Group	had	

committed	facilities	of	¤496.3m	with	maturity	
dates	at	various	dates	to	October	2015.	¤335.9m	
of	our	facilities	are	provided	by	a	group	of	
international	banks	with	the	remainder	being	
private	placement	notes.	

Bank Debt and  
Interest Payable

The	Group’s	bank	interest	payable	in	FY10		
was	¤25.3m,	a	¤3.0m	reduction	on	the	FY09	
charge	of	¤28.3m.	The	composition	of	the	
charge	in	FY10	was	interest	payable	of	¤21.5m,	
commitment	fees	for	undrawn	facilities	of	¤2.3m	
and	an	amortisation	charge	in	respect	of	facility	
arrangement	fees	of	¤1.5m.	As	a	consequence	
of	the	Group’s	disposal	programme,	the	Group	
restructured	its	debt	in	the	second	half	of	FY10.	
Firstly,	to	match	assets	and	liabilities,	¤110m		
of	borrowings	were	repaid	with	an	equivalent	
GBP	amount	re-borrowed.	Secondly,	due	to	the	
Group’s	lower	level	of	ongoing	debt,	a	portion		
of	the	Group’s	fixed	interest	rate	contracts		
were	settled	for	a	sum	of	¤9.6m.	This	settlement	
cost	had	been	fully	provided	for	in	the	Group’s	
Financial	Statements	and	represented	an	
acceleration	of	amounts	which	would	have		
been	paid	in	future	years	as	interest	payable.		
As	a	result	of	this,	interest	payable	in	the	second	
half	of	FY10	of	¤11.4m	was	¤4.7m,	or	29%,	lower	
than	the	¤16.0m	charge	in	the	second	half	in	
FY09.	Furthermore,	the	full	year	FY11	interest	
payable,	including	commitment	fees	and		
facility	fee	amortisation,	is	expected	to	be	
approximately	¤19.0m.	Average	net	debt,	as	is	
customary	and	having	regard	to	the	seasonal	
profile	of	our	business	and	our	customers’	and	
suppliers’	working	capital	profile,	is	forecast		
to	be	approximately	¤75m	higher	than	net		
debt	at	the	end	of	the	financial	year	which		
is	a	seasonally	low	point.

Operating	profit	by	division	(¤m)

54.1

44.7

59.7

50.8

20.5

5.6

6.1

8.6

&
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

I

n
g
r
e
d
e
n
t
s

i

M
a
l
t

(
D
i
s
c
o
n
t
i
n
u
e
d
)

T
o
t
a

l

(
C
o
n
t
i
n
u
n
g
)

i

F
o
o
d
s

C
o
n
v
e
n
e
n
c
e

i

	 2010
	 2009

“		In	headline	terms,	there	was	a	strong	Group	

performance	with	a	17.6%	increase	in	operating	
profit	1,2	and	6.9%	increase	in	sales	1.	Group	net	debt	

has	reduced	32%	year	on	year	to	¤193.4m.”

 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

21

32% Reduction  
in Net Debt

Taxation

Bank	Interest	Payable	(¤m)	

28.3

25.3

19.0

	 2009	
	 2010
	 2011	(projected)

Non-Cash Finance 
Charges

The	Group’s	net	non-cash	finance	charge	in		
FY10	was	¤2.2m	(¤19.6m	in	FY09).	The	change	
in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	and	related	debt	
adjustments	was	a	non-cash	prospective	charge	
of	¤1.8m	at	the	end	of	September	2010	(¤20.4m	
at	the	end	of	September	2009)	reflecting,	in	the	
main,	the	significant	reduction	in	interest	rates	
and	the	associated	impact	of	marking	to	market	
on	the	Group’s	fixed	interest	rate	swaps.	The		
non-cash	pension	financing	charge	of	¤0.3m	
was	less	than	the	credit	in	FY09	of	¤1.2m	
reflecting	a	reduction	in	interest	rates	and	the	
lower	expected	returns	on	pension	assets.	The	
charge	in	respect	of	the	increase	in	the	present	
value	of	assets	and	liabilities	held	was	¤0.2m	
(FY09:	¤0.4m).

The	Group’s	effective	tax	rate	in	FY10	was	17%	
including	the	tax	impact	associated	with	pension	
finance	items,	which	is	higher	than	the	full	year	
effective	tax	percentage	of	16%	in	FY09.	This	
reflects	the	change	in	the	profile	of	Group	profits	
following	the	disposals	in	FY10.

Net Exceptional Gain

An	exceptional	gain	of	¤2.3m	was	recorded	in	
FY10	on	the	disposal	of	the	Group’s	Malt,	Water	
and	Continental	businesses	as	set	out	below:	

	•

	•

a	gain	of	¤12.4m	was	recorded	on	the	disposal
of	Malt	(a	surplus	on	disposal	of	¤16.6m	was	
recognised	before	the	reclassification,	with	no	
impact	on	net	assets,	to	the	Income	Statement	
of	foreign	currency	translation	losses	of	¤4.2m	
previously	written	off	to	reserves).	

a	loss	of	¤5.7m	on	the	disposal	of	Water		
(a	loss	of	¤2.6m	was	recognised	before	the	
reclassification,	with	no	impact	on	net	assets,	
to	the	Income	Statement	of	foreign	currency	
translation	losses	of	¤3.1m	previously	written	
off	to	reserves).	

	•

a	loss	of	¤4.5m	was	recorded	on	the	disposal	
of	the	Group’s	Continental	convenience	
foods	business.

Net	Exceptional	Gain	(¤m)

12.4

2.3

(5.7)

(4.5)

Malt 

Water

Continental 

Total

	 2010

Earnings per Share3

Adjusted	earnings	per	share3	for	FY10	were	16.7	
cent	compared	to	17.4	cent	in	FY09.	Continuing1	
adjusted	earnings	per	share	for	FY10	were	13.3	
cent.	This	is	based	on	a	weighted	average	number	
of	ordinary	shares	for	the	year	of	204.5m		
(FY09:	202.7m).	The	adjusted	earnings	per	share	
calculation	is	stated	before	exceptional	items,		
fair	value	items,	intercompany	foreign	exchange,	
pension	finance	items	and	amortisation	of	
acquisition	related	intangibles.	

Adjusted	Basic	Earnings	per	Share	3	(cents)

2010

2009

-4.0%

16.7

17.4

1	

2	
3	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients		
&	Property	division	and	Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).
	Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.
	Before	exceptional	items,	pension	finance	items,	acquisition	related	amortisation,	FX	on	inter-company	and		
certain	external	loan	balances	and	the	movement	in	the	fair	value	of	all	derivative	financial	instruments	and		
related	debt	adjustments.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
	
22 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Financial Review
(continued)

Defined	Benefit	Pension	Liability	(¤m)

Pensions

499.8

447.0

118.4

99.9

(347.1)

(381.4)

Liabilities

Assets

Net liabilities

	 2010
	 2009

The	fair	value	of	total	plan	assets	relating	to		
the	Group’s	defined	benefit	pension	schemes	
(excluding	associates)	increased	to	¤381.4m		
at	24	September	2010	from	¤347.1m	at	25	
September	2009.	The	present	value	of	the	total	
pension	liabilities	for	these	schemes	increased	to	
¤499.8m	from	¤447.0m	over	the	same	period.	
This	is	reflected	in	an	increase	in	the	net	pension	
deficit	(before	related	deferred	tax)	to	¤118.4m	
at	24	September	2010	(from	a	net	pension	
deficit	of	¤99.9m	at	25	September	2009).		

The	net	pension	deficit	was	¤90.8m	after	
related	deferred	tax	at	24	September	2010	
(from	a	deficit	of	¤75.5m	after	related	deferred	
tax	at	25	September	2009).	The	key	driver		
of	the	increase	in	liabilities	year	on	year	is	a	
reduction	in	corporate	bond	yields	which	is	the	
interest	rate	required	under	IAS	19	to	calculate	
pension	liabilities.	All	defined	benefit	pension	
scheme	plans	are	closed	to	future	accrual	and	
the	Group’s	pension	policy	with	effect	from		

1	January	2010	is	that	future	service	for	current	
employees	and	new	entrants	is	provided	under	
defined	contribution	pension	arrangements.

Cash Flow and Net Debt

Net	debt	at	24	September	2010	was	¤193.4m,		
a	reduction	of	¤90.1m	or	31.8%	on	last	year’s	
¤283.5m.	A	key	driver	of	the	year	on	year		
net	debt	reduction	was	disposal	proceeds	of	
¤129.4m	before	working	capital	adjustments	
and	transaction	costs.	A	net	cash	inflow	(pre	
exceptional	items)	from	operating	activities1	of	
¤96.9m	was	recorded	compared	to	an	inflow		
of	¤75.5m	in	FY09.	Capital	expenditure	of	
¤24.6m	was	incurred	in	the	year.	Interest	costs	
of	¤28.9m	were	paid	in	the	year	with	dividends	
to	equity	holders	of	¤12.4m.	A	cash	amount		
was	incurred	of	¤9.6m	on	settling	a	portion	of	
the	Group’s	fixed	interest	rate	contracts.	The	
translation	of	the	GBP	and	USD	components		
of	the	Group’s	debt	negatively	impacted	net	
debt	at	September	2010	by	¤9.1m	versus	the	
prior	year.	

¤193.4m,	a	reduction	of	¤90.1m	or		

“		Net	debt	at	24	September	2010	was		
31.8%	on	last	year’s	¤283.5m.”

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

23

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Net	debt	(¤m)

283.5

193.4

	 2009	
	 2010

Financial Control  
and Risk

In	FY08,	we	implemented	a	new	set	of	financial	
control	procedures,	performance	measures	and	
monitoring	controls	to	significantly	improve	the	
control	environment	of	the	Group.	We	widened	
the	definition	of	what	is	meant	by	control	to	all
functions	of	the	business	rather	than	examining	
and	monitoring	through	the	finance	function	in	
isolation.	An	element	of	compensation	for	our	
senior	business	leaders	is	directly	connected	to	
the	maintenance	of	a	strong	control	environment.	
In	addition,	we	established	a	Risk	Management	
Group	(RMG)	to	identify	and	monitor	key	Group	
risks	supported	by	a	programme	of	work	
approved	by,	and	reporting	periodically	to,		
the	Group	Board’s	Audit	Committee.	

On	an	ongoing	basis,	the	Group’s	financial	control	
environment	is	subjected	to	continual	review	by	
the	Group’s	finance	function	with	a	particular	
focus	on	finance	talent	to	ensure	the	Group’s	
financial	control	environment	is	maintained.	
Additionally,	individual	businesses	are	measured	
against	each	other	internally	and	there	is	
continual	measuring	of	all	key	controls.

Geoff	Doherty
Chief	Financial	Officer
9	December	2010

1	

	Continuing	operations	comparisons	exclude	disposed	activities	(Malt	in	the	Ingredients	&	Property	division	and		
Water	and	the	Continental	businesses	in	the	Convenience	Foods	division).

2	 Before	exceptional	items	and	acquisition	related	amortisation.
3	

	Before	exceptional	items,	pension	finance	items,	acquisition	related	amortisation,	FX	on	inter-company	and		
certain	external	loan	balances	and	the	movement	in	the	fair	value	of	all	derivative	financial	instruments	and		
related	debt	adjustments.

 
 
 
	
24 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Risks

Description of Risks

Measures to Reduce Risks

Strategic Risks

Competitor	Activity	

Expansion

Commercial Risks

Changes	in	Consumer		
Behaviour	and	Demand	

Loss	of	Key	Customer	
Relationships	

The	Group	operates	in	highly	competitive	
markets,	particularly	within	the	
Convenience	Foods	division.	Significant	
product	innovations,	technical	advances		
or	the	intensification	of	price	competition	
could	adversely	affect	the	Group’s	results.	

In	order	for	the	Group	to	continue	its	
strategy	of	expansion,	it	is	necessary	
that	it	identifies	and	pursues	suitable	
acquisition	targets	or	greenfield	
development	sites	and	integrates		
these	successfully	into	the	Group’s	
existing	operations	in	an	efficient		
and	sustainable	manner.

In	common	with	other	food	industry	
manufacturers,	unforeseen	changes		
in	food	consumption	patterns	and/or	
amendments	to	government	legislation	
regarding	the	composition	of	food		
products	may	impact	the	Group.		
In	addition,	demand	for	a	number		
of	the	Group’s	products	can	be	adversely	
affected	by	the	global	economic	recession.	

The	Group	benefits	from	close	
commercial	relationships	with	a	number	
of	key	customers.	The	loss	of	any	of	these	
key	customers,	or	a	significant	worsening		
in	commercial	terms,	could	result	in	a	
material	impact	on	the	Group’s	results.	

Commodity	Price/Input	Cost	
Fluctuations	

The	Group’s	cost	base	can	be	affected		
by	fluctuating	raw	material	and	energy	
prices.	

Operational Risks

Food	Safety,	Environmental		
and	Health	and	Safety	

As	a	producer	of	convenience	foods	and	
ingredients,	Greencore	is	subject	to	
general	market	related	risks,	including	
product	contamination	and	general	food	
scares.	In	addition,	Greencore	is	subject	
to	rigorous	and	constantly	evolving	
regulations	and	legislation	in	the	areas	
of	environmental	protection	and	
employee	health	and	safety.

The	Group	invests	in	research	and	
development	and	ensures	that	the	
introduction	of	both	new	products	and	
improved	production	processes	places	the	
Group	at	the	forefront	of	its	chosen	markets.	
The	Group	also	continually	works	to	streamline	
its	cost	base	to	ensure	it	remains	competitive.

Senior	Group	Management	engage	in	a		
robust,	formal	and	thorough	process	for	
identifying,	measuring	and	deciding	on		
the	suitability	of	potential	acquisitions		
or	‘greenfield’	development	sites.

The	Group	works	closely	with	its	customers	
to	adapt	to	changing	consumer	trends	and	
invests	in	innovation	and	new	product	
development	to	ensure	regulatory,	customer	
and	consumer	requirements	are	addressed.	

The	Group	invests	significant	resources	to	
maintain	deep,	multi-level	relationships	which	
drive	value	and	minimise	risk	for	both	itself	
and	its	key	customers.	The	Group	continues	
to	focus	on	customers	outside	the	grocery	
multiple	retail	channel	and	the	exploration	of	
other	geographic	markets	such	as	in	the	US	
where	the	Group	has	continued	to	expand		
its	service	offering	during	the	year.

The	Group	maintains	a	strong	commercial	
focus	on	purchasing,	process	and	cost	
improvement	to	manage	and	mitigate		
these	risks.	In	addition,	the	Group	adopts	
strategies	that	diversify	risk,	thereby	
improving	the	positioning	of	its	businesses	
and	the	defensibility	of	its	margins.

The	Group	maintains	a	strong	technical	
function	which	sets	high	standards	for	
hygiene,	health	and	safety	systems	and	
environmental	controls.	The	Group	also	
regularly	audits	supplier	facilities	to	ensure	
both	product	traceability	and	compliance		
with	Group	standards.	In	addition,	Greencore	
closely	monitors	emerging	issues	in	an	
ever-changing	regulatory	environment	to	
address	increasing	compliance	requirements,	
particularly	in	the	areas	of	health	and	safety,		
emissions	and	effluent	control.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

25

Risks

Description of Risks

Measures to Reduce Risks

Operational Risks (continued)

Loss	of	Manufacturing	Capability	

Loss	of	Key	Personnel	

Financial Risks

Interest	Rates,	Foreign	Exchange	
Rates,	Liquidity	and	Credit	

Employee	Retirement	Obligations	

Other

Property	Development	

The	loss	of	a	significant	manufacturing/
operational	site	through	fire,	natural	
catastrophe,	act	of	vandalism	or	critical	
plant	failure	could	potentially	have	a	
material	impact	on	the	Group.	

The	ongoing	success	of	the	Group	is	
dependent	on	attracting	and	retaining	
high	quality	senior	management	and	staff	
who	have	the	ability	to	effectively	manage	
the	Group’s	operations	in	a	period	of	
economic	stability	and	in	a	downturn.	

In	the	multi-currency	and	multi-national	
trading	environment	in	which	the		
Group	operates,	there	are	inherent		
risks	associated	with	fluctuations		
in	both	foreign	exchange	rates	and	
interest	rates.	In	addition,	in	the	current	
economic	climate,	the	Group’s	credit	
rating	and	its	related	ability	to	obtain	
funding	for	future	development	and	
expansion	are	specific	risks.	

The	Group’s	defined	benefit	pension	
funds	are	exposed	to	the	risk	of	changes	
in	interest	rates	and	the	market	values	of	
investments,	as	well	as	inflation	and	the	
increasing	longevity	of	scheme	members.		
The	recent	volatility	in	world-wide		
equity	markets	has	brought	the	risk		
of	employee	retirement	obligations	to	
the	fore.	

The	Group	mitigates	these	risks	through	
robust	security	and	comprehensive	
operational	disaster	recovery	plans.		
In	addition,	the	Group	undertakes	regular	
reviews	of	all	sites	with	external	insurance	
and	risk	management	experts,	with	these	
reviews	being	aimed	at	improving	the		
Group’s	risk	profile.	

The	Group	mitigates	the	risk	associated		
with	loss	of	key	personnel	through	robust	
succession	planning,	strong	recruitment	
processes,	long-term	management	
incentives	and	retention	initiatives.

The	risks	are	actively	managed	by	the	
Group’s	Treasury	Department.	The	Treasury	
function	operates	within	the	framework		
of	strict	Board-approved	policies	and	
procedures	which	are	explained	further	in	
Note	23	to	the	Group	Financial	Statements.

These	risks	are	mitigated	by	paying	
appropriate	contributions	into	the	funds		
and	through	balanced	investment	strategies	
which	are	designed	to	avoid	a	material	
worsening	of	the	current	surplus	or	deficit		
in	each	fund.	In	addition,	the	Group	has	
closed	off	a	number	of	its	significant	defined	
benefit	pension	schemes	to	new	members.	
The	assumptions	used	in	calculating	the	
funding	position	of	the	pension	funds	are	
shown	in	detail	in	Note	28	to	the	Group	
Financial	Statements.

The	Group	has	a	considerable	land-bank	
for	future	development.	The	value	of	this	
holding	is	directly	related	to	the	macro-
economic	environment	in	Ireland	and	the	
UK,	the	successful	environmental	clean-up	
of	the	brownfield	sugar	factory	sites	and	
the	nature	and	timing	of	any	zoning	and	
subsequent	planning	permission	obtained.

The	Group	manages	these	opportunities	and	
the	related	risks	through	a	clear	property	
development	strategy,	the	centralisation		
of	all	property	development	related	issues	
under	the	Chief	Financial	Officer,	the	
employment	of	property	specialists	with	
significant	industry	experience,	detailed	
site-specific	plans	and	regular	engagement	
with	the	Board.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
26 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Corporate  
Responsibility Review

Introduction

Greencore takes seriously its duty to conform to the laws and 
regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates. It is fully committed 
to maintaining good corporate responsibility. We have a duty to treat 
colleagues fairly and to protect the health and safety of colleagues, 
consumers and the communities we operate in. 

The following review is based on Greencore’s culture and values  
which shape the way Greencore does business. The review covers  
the following areas: Workplace, which includes health and safety; 
Environment; Marketplace and Local Communities.

Corporate Responsibility Strategy

Learning	&	Development
Strategy	

PRIDE

Greencore
Academy

Environmental		
Management

Carbon
Footprint

Workplace

“A great place to work”

Health	&	Safety	
Excellence

Caravan

Young
Enterprise

Environment

“A passion to reduce the Group’s  
environmental impact”

Communities

“Making a positive impact  
on our communities”

Waste	&	Recycling

Marketplace

“A proactive approach to colleague,  
customer and consumer welfare”

Water	&	Effluent

Food		
Safety

Ethical	Management

Health	&	Nutrition	
Strategy

Seriously	
Good

FareShare

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

27

Learning	&	Development
Strategy

PRIDE

Greencore		
Academy

Workplace

Health	&	Safety	
Excellence

PRIDE

Greencore Academy

PRIDE	is	Greencore’s	performance	management	
programme	that	sets	individual	personal	
development	plans	and	maps	delivery	against	
Group	values	and	personal	and	business	
objectives.	PRIDE	has	cascaded	throughout	the	
organisation,	including	shop-floor	colleagues.		
A	highly	innovative	electronic	version	of	PRIDE	
(ePRIDE)	including	360	degree	feedback	was	
launched	in	2010	to	help	facilitate	the	process	
and	this	has	been	rolled	out	across	the	business.	

Learning &  
Development Strategy

Greencore	has	a	clearly	defined	learning		
and	development	strategy,	which	maps	out		
career	development	opportunities	and	the	
required	development	support	for	all	of	its	
colleagues.	A	number	of	tools	and	systems	are		
in	place	to	support	the	individual	development	
plans	including	an	online	learning	management	
system	(‘Learning	Zone’)	and	e-learning	suites		
at	a	number	of	Greencore’s	facilities.

All	new	starters	undergo	a	formal	induction 
programme	ensuring	that	they	understand		
all	of	the	requirements	to	be	successful	at	
Greencore	and	their	obligations	in	the	area		
of	food	hygiene	training	required	to	do	their		
job	effectively.	Colleagues	who	do	not	have	
English	as	their	first	language	are	offered	
language training.	Additional	support	in	the	
form	of	translated	documentation	and	signage		
is	also	provided,	where	appropriate.

Greencore	has	an	Emerging Leaders 
Programme,	which	identifies	and	provides	
targeted	training	for	future	senior	leaders		
within	our	business.	In	2010,	twelve	colleagues	
completed	this	eighteen	month	programme.	

The	Lean Greencore Leadership Academy,		
now	in	its	fifth	year,	is	a	company-wide	
programme,	which	provides	a	holistic	approach	
to	building	effective	leadership	skills	and	food	
manufacturing	capability	in	our	people	using	
recognised	lean	manufacturing	methods	and	
world-class	standards.	These	tools	have	been	
rolled	out	across	the	business	including	
engineering	and	environment	and	the	impact	
of	these	new	initiatives	is	monitored	through		
a	specially	designed	dashboard.	Lean	Greencore		
is	supported	by	a	dedicated	team	within	the	
Group	which	is	constantly	developing	the		
tools	and	individual	skills	to	ensure	that		
Lean	Greencore	truly	is	world	class.

Health &  
Safety Excellence

Greencore,	as	a	HSE	FOILE	group,	prides	itself		
on	working	to	the	highest	safety	standards	in	the	
industry.	We	have	committed	to	the	HSE	pledge	
on	health	and	safety	management,	and	we	also	
support	the	HSE/TUC	led	Food	Manufacturing	
Forum	through	the	“Recipe	for	Safety”	initiative	
and	the	National	Food	Manufacturing	Conference.	
The	health,	safety	and	well-being	of	our	people	
and	visitors	to	our	facilities	are	of	the	utmost	
importance	to	Greencore.	Full	financial	year	end	
statistics	demonstrate	a	fall	in	all	accidents	of	
10.8%	(Financial	year	2009-2010).	Our	business	
categories	have	dedicated	risk	managers,	who	
report	to	both	the	site	management	as	well	as	the	
Group	Health	&	Safety	Manager,	Tom	Chambers.	
Greencore	has	recently	invested	in	a	behavioural	
safety	programme	which	was	developed	“by	our	
people	for	our	people”	and	is	being	piloted	at		
our	Selby	facility.	We	are	particularly	proud	that	
Tom	Chambers	has	been	appointed	to	the	
Institution of Occupational Safety & Health	
council	for	a	three	year	term	commencing	from	
the	November	AGM.	He	has	also	spent	the	last	
three	years	working	as	Vice	Chair	of	the	IOSH	
Group	Management	Committee	(GMC)	helping		
to	introducing	a	performance	management	system	
for	groups	across	the	manufacturing	sector.	

Ongoing	training	and	education	is	provided	to	
ensure	that	our	risk	managers	meet	acceptable	
national	competence	standards,	including	
sponsorship	to	third	level	and	postgraduate		
level	degrees	in	health	and	safety	management.		

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Two	of	our	managers	successfully	graduated	
this	year	with	a	fully	sponsored	MSc	from	
Portsmouth	University.	Excellence	is	recognised	
internally	with	an	awards	scheme	presented	at	
our	national	SHE	conference	which	celebrates	
internal	achievement	whilst	sharing	best	practice.	
We	also	fund	a	graduate	entry	scheme	for	future	
risk	managers	and	have	just	appointed	the		
latest	incumbent	in	September.	Greencore	also	
participates	in	a	wide	range	of	training	with	our	
insurers	and	the	leading	accreditation	body,	
SGS.	In	August	all	ten	Greencore	SHE	managers	
who	participated	in	the	Advanced EMS/ISO 
14001 Lead Auditor Course,	organised	by	SGS,	
passed	with	‘Excellent’	or	‘Good’	assessments.	

As	part	of	our	continuous	programme	we	
conduct	health,	safety,	environmental	and	
machinery	safety	audits	across	our	facilities,	
alongside	independent	certification	audits		
to	both	ISO 14001	and	OHSAS 18001 2007		
–	the	industry	standards	for	effective	
management	health	and	safety	and	
environmental	management.

All	Greencore	sites	in	the	UK	provide	occupational	
health	monitoring	ensuring	consistent	standards	
and	best	practice	is	maintained.	In	the	US	we	are	
working	to	best	industrial	practice.	

Property	management	has	always	been	a	
priority	for	Greencore	with	insurers	recognising	
Greencore	building	and	refurbishment	practices	
as	amongst	the	best	in	the	sector.

 
 
 
28 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Environmental	
Management

Carbon	
Footprint

Environment

Waste	&	Recycling

Water	&	Effluent

Environmental 
Management

Greencore	is	committed	to	growing	its		
business	in	an	environmentally	responsible		
and	sustainable	manner.	Greencore’s	Lean 
Environment Programme	has	been	rolled		
out	across	the	Group	and	is	now	implemented	
across	the	majority	of	our	UK	sites.	Each	
programme	commences	with	a	twelve	week		
cycle	incorporating	training,	data	collection,	
problem	solving	and	implementation.	So	far		
the	project	has	stimulated	some	excellent	
projects	ranging	from	simple	solutions	to		
more	complex	investments,	ultimately		
driving	greater	efficiencies	and	delivering	
environmental	improvements.

Carbon Footprint

Greencore	continues	to	work	on	a	number		
of	initiatives	to	actively	measure	and	reduce		
our	absolute	carbon	footprint	and	our	relative		
carbon	intensity.	We	continue	our	partnership		
with	Carbon Action Yorkshire	with	the	aim		
of	reducing	greenhouse	gas	emissions	in		
the	Yorkshire	and	Humber	region.	In	2010	
Greencore	registered	with	the	Carbon Disclosure 
Project,	a	global	organisation	that	encourages	
organisations	to	measure	and	disclose	their	
greenhouse	gas	emissions	and	climate	change	

strategies.	Details	of	Greencore’s	carbon	
footprint	can	be	found	below.	This	information	
follows	the	guidelines	and	principles	of	the	
WBCSD/WRI	Greenhouse	Gas	Protocol	and	
covers	our	Scope	1	&	2	emissions,	incorporating	
fossil	fuels,	transport	fuel,	refrigerants	and	
electricity	related	data.	

Waste & Recycling

Greencore’s	focus	is	on	the	elimination	and	
minimisation	of	waste	at	source.	We	actively	
encourage	source	segregation	of	waste	to	
facilitate	the	reuse	and	recycling	of	materials.	
Greencore	is	committed	to	eliminating	the	use		
of	landfill	as	a	disposal	route	and	actively	seeks	
more	sustainable	solutions	for	unavoidable	
waste.	In	2010	Greencore	reduced	waste	to	
landfill	by	28%	and	now	has	eleven	sites	that	
send	zero	waste	to	landfill,	versus	five	sites		
this	time	last	year.

Having	been	a	signatory	of	the	original	Courtauld	
Commitment	in	2008,	Greencore	signed	up		
to	Phase	2	(Courtauld Commitment 2)	in	2010,	
which	moves	away	from	solely	weight-based	
targets	and	aims	to	achieve	more	sustainable		
use	of	resources	over	the	entire	lifecycle	of	
products,	throughout	the	whole	supply	chain.

Water & Effluent

Greencore	continues	to	promote	the	efficient		
use	of	water	and	to	encourage	water		
conservation	methods	at	all	of	its	facilities.		
We	aim	to	minimise	material	losses	to	drain,	to	
reduce	the	environmental	impact	of	authorised	
discharges	from	our	facilities	and	to	utilise	effluent	
plants	to	ensure	compliance	where	required.

In	recent	years	effluent	plants	have	been	installed	
at	our	facilities	in	Hull	and	Manton	Wood,	with	
further	investments	and	trials	at	our	Prepared	
Meals	facilities	at	Warrington	and	Kiveton.	One	
particular	water	efficiency	project	at	our	Chilled	
Sauces	&	Soups	facility	in	Bristol	has	generated	
840	tonnes	in	water	savings	per	week.	

Greencore Group Carbon Footprint 2009/10
119,363 tonnes CO2e (Scope 1 & 2 emissions)

 Fossil Fuels
 Electricity

 Transport
 Refrigerants

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

29

Ethical Management

Ethical	sourcing,	animal	welfare	and	concerns	
around	sustainability	are	increasingly	entering	
the	mainstream	of	food	retailing.	Greencore	has	
been	a	long-standing	member	of	SEDEX,	an	
organisation	which	not	only	monitors	Greencore’s	
ethical	performance	but	also	that	of	our	suppliers.	

In	addition	to	the	ethical	audits	conducted	by	our	
customers,	Greencore	has	also	developed	and	
launched	its	own	ethical self audit	for	all	its	sites.

Greencore	has	also	signed	up	to	the	Greenpalm 
Certification Scheme,	which	is	a	certificate	
trading	programme	designed	to	tackle	the	
environmental	and	social	problems	created	by	
the	production	of	palm	oil.	

Food		
Safety

Health	&	Nutrition		
Strategy

Ethical
Management

Marketplace

Our	key	achievements	and	activities	in		
2010	include:
	•

	Continued	commitment	to	working	towards	
FSA	2010	targets	in	the	UK	with	98%	of	UK	
products	already	compliant	and	plans	in	place	
for	those	that	do	not	yet	meet	the	targets.

	•

	•

	•

	•

	•

	•

	•

	•

	79%	of	Greencore	products	in	the	UK	
already	meet	the	FSA 2012 salt targets.

	Continued	development	of	a	nutrition	
strategy	and	related	policies.

	A	structured	approach	to	measuring	and	
reporting	nutrition	targets.

	Greencore	has	become	a	member	of	the	
East Midlands Platform on Food,	Physical 
Activity and Health	which	aims	to	tackle	
issues	related	to	obesity	in	the	region	in	
support	of	the	National	campaign	
Change4Life.

	Greencore	is	also	an	active	member	of	the	
IGD Industry Nutrition Strategy Group	
(INSG)	and	the	Nutritionists in Industry 	
(NII)	group.

customer nutritionists		

	Strong	links	with	
in	order	to	track	and	monitor	and	help		
deliver	customer	nutritional	policies,	
activities	and	opportunities.

No	hydrogenated	vegetable	oils,	industrially	
added	trans	fats	or	genetically	modified	
organisms	are	used	in	UK	Greencore	products.

basic nutrition training 

	Established	
programme	now	in	place	for	Greencore	
employees.

Food Safety

Food	safety	is	critical	to	Greencore.	We	aim		
to	be	industry	leading	in	this	area	and	continue	
to	invest	in	our	people	and	our	facilities	to	
ensure	that	the	highest	standards	are	upheld.	
Greencore	has	technical	experts	at	all	of	its	sites,	
who	report	to	the	local	site	management	teams,	
as	well	as	to	the	Group	Technical	Director.	

Internal	and	external	audits	are	regularly	
conducted.	At	our	UK	Convenience	Foods	
facilities	in	the	UK	there	were	2,217	internal	
audits,	108	external	audits	and	in	excess	of	
366,000	internal	and	external	taste	panels.		
All	of	our	UK	sites	are	accredited	with	the	
highest	British Retail Consortium ‘grade	A’	
standard.	Furthermore	in	2010	Greencore	
conducted	198	supplier	audits.

During	the	past	year	Greencore	Technical	
Executive,	Martin	Ford,	has	taken	over	the	chair		
of	the	Chilled Food Association’s	(CFA)	Technical	
Committee.	Greencore	Group	Technical	Director,	
Helen	Sisson,	retired	as	Chair	of	the	CFA	after	an	
unprecedented	third	term	and	Greencore	holds	
the	chair	of	the	CFA	Product	Group.

Health & Nutrition 
Strategy

As	a	leading	food	manufacturer	Greencore		
has	a	responsibility	to	ensure	that	it	provides	
healthy	food	choices	to	both	its	customers		
and	its	people.	Health	and	nutrition	remain	key	
areas	of	focus,	which	is	why	Greencore	employs	
a	dedicated	Group Nutritionist.	This	Group	
nutritionist	works	with	Greencore’s	new	product	
development	and	technical	teams	as	well	as	our	
customers	and	external	bodies	to	help	deliver	
health	and	nutrition	targets.	The	external	bodies	
include	the Chilled Food Association,	the	Food 
Standards Agency and IGD,	where	Greencore	
plays	an	active	role	on	the	various	committees	
and	working	groups.

“ Food	safety	is	critical	to	Greencore.	We	aim		

to	be	industry	leading	in	this	area	and	continue		
to	invest	in	our	people	and	our	facilities	to	ensure	

that	the	highest	standards	are	upheld.”

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
30 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Young
Enterprise

Caravan

Communities

Seriously	
Good

FareShare

Caravan

Seriously Good

Greencore	is	a	supporter	of	Caravan,	the		
charity	which	currently	supports	more	than	
1,500	former	industry	workers	who	have	fallen		
on	hard	times.	Several	Greencore	colleagues	
participate	in	the	various	Caravan	committees	
and	actively	promote	and	support	the	efforts		
of	Caravan	throughout	the	organisation.	This	is	
done	through	raising	awareness,	participation		
at	sponsored	events	and	donating	food	products	
for	hampers,	which	are	distributed	to	the	
beneficiaries	at	Christmas.	

Young Enterprise

It	is	important	for	Greencore	to	support	young	
people	in	the	community,	which	is	why	Greencore	
continues	to	support	Young Enterprise,	a	charity	
which	aims	to	build	a	connected	world	of	young	
people	from	4	to	24	years	old,	business	volunteers	
and	educators,	inspiring	each	other	to	succeed	
through	enterprise.	A	number	of	Greencore	
colleagues	regularly	volunteer	at	local	schools		
and	Greencore	has	also	sponsored	programmes	
for	primary	school	children.	In	addition	Greencore	
organises	site	visits	and	food	demonstrations		
to	promote	careers	in	the	food	industry.

Greencore	continues	to	support	Comic Relief 
through	its	range	of	Seriously Good	cooking	
sauces,	which	were	developed	together	with	
Gordon	Ramsay.	At	least	10p	from	each	jar		
sold	is	donated	to	Comic	Relief.	So	far	Seriously	
Good	has	raised	in	excess	of	£200,000,	which	
goes	towards	supporting	disadvantaged	and	
vulnerable	people	in	the	UK	and	in	some	of	the	
world’s	poorest	countries.	

FareShare

Greencore	has	started	working	with	FareShare,		
a	UK	charity	which	aims	to	address	food	poverty	
and	food	waste	by	providing	surplus	‘fit	for	
purpose’	food	products	to	organisations	which	
work	with	disadvantaged	people.	In	the	past	
year	FareShare	has	contributed	to	providing	
more	than	6.7	million	meals,	whilst	at	the	same	
time	minimising	the	amount	of	surplus	food	
going	to	landfill.

Further details of our company values,  
our corporate responsibility and codes  
of business practice can be found on our  
website at www.greencore.com.

Local Communities

Greencore	is	aware	of	the	impact	that	it	can		
have	on	its	local	communities	and	takes	this	
responsibility	seriously.	Across	our	site	locations	
we	work	with	a	number	of	local	schools,	sports	
clubs	and	community	organisations,	providing	
sponsorships	and	support	for	fundraising	events.

We	support	and	encourage	the	fundraising 
activities	of	colleagues,	who	participate	in	
various	activities	including	sponsored	runs,		
cycle	rides	and	five-a-side	football	to	raise		
funds	and	awareness	for	charity.	

We	are	currently	providing	work	experience		
at	our	Bow	facility	to	a	recently	qualified	Health	
and	Safety	Manager	through	a	shadowing	
scheme	where	the	individual	is	given	a	funded	
three	month	place	to	further	strengthen	their	
academic	skill	with	a	hands	on	approach.	

Dublin Simon Community
During	2010	we	launched	an	initiative	to	provide	
free	sandwiches	to	homeless	shelters	in	Dublin	
operated	by	the	Dublin	Simon	Community.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

31

Corporate Responsibility Review

Our Values

1. Performance
matters…

	•
	•

	•
	•
	•
	•

We expect and reward results.
We never accept the status quo and we continuously  
seek a better way.
 We always do what we say we will do.
 We set, measure and monitor highly ambitious targets.
 We maintain the highest manufacturing/technical standards.
We adhere to a strict financial rigour.

2. People 
matter…

	•
	•

	•

We believe that people make the difference.
 We treat one another with respect and dignity. 
Individuals at all levels of the business feel valued  
and valuable.
 We provide ample opportunities for professional  
growth and development.

3. Passion about 
what we do…

	•
	•
	•
	•

We maintain the highest levels of customer-focused service.
 The quality of our products is the best in the industry.
 We have fun and enjoy the work we do.
We are passionate about good food.

4. Responsibility 
matters…

	•

	•

	•

We ruthlessly leave responsibility with the people/at the level  
where it can be best exercised.
 We treat Greencore’s resources (i.e. money/time/reputation)  
as if they were our own.
 We maintain the highest levels of ethics and integrity.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
32 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Board of Directors

1.
GP Doherty, B Comm, FCA 
Chief Financial Officer (Aged 39) 

He	was	appointed	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
Chief	Executive	of	the	Group’s	property	and	
agribusiness	activities	with	effect	from	February	
2008.	He	joined	the	Board	in	July	2005	and		
has	previously	held	the	positions	of	Group	
Development	Director	and	Group	Financial	
Controller.	Prior	to	joining	Greencore,	he	was	
Group	Financial	Controller	of	IWP	International	
plc	and	worked	in	the	accountancy	practices		
of	PricewaterhouseCoopers	and	BDO	Simpson	
Xavier.	On	29	July	2010,	we	announced		
Mr	Doherty’s	intention	to	resign	to	become		
Chief	Financial	Officer	of	Kingspan	plc.	He	will	
step	down	from	the	Board	and	leave	the	
Company	on	31	December	2010.

2.
C O’Leary, ACIS 
Group Company Secretary (Aged 41) 

He	was	appointed	Group	Company	Secretary	in	
June	2010	having	served	as	Deputy	Secretary	
since	2005.	Prior	to	joining	Greencore	in	2001,	
he	held	senior	company	secretarial	roles	in	
Glanbia	and	Cable	and	Wireless.

3.
DS Walker, BSc 
Chief Executive, Convenience Foods UK  
(Aged 38) 

She	was	appointed	Chief	Executive,	Convenience	
Foods	UK	and	joined	the	Board	in	April	2009.		
She	joined	Greencore	in	June	2004	as	Managing	
Director	of	Greencore’s	Chilled	Sauces	and	Soups	
category	and	in	October	2006	was	appointed	
Managing	Director	of	Food	To	Go,	the	largest	
convenience	food	category	within	the	Group.	
Prior	to	joining	Greencore	she	held	a	number	of	
senior	positions	within	the	chilled	foods	industry	
and	was	Divisional	Managing	Director	of	Hibernia	
Foods	plc	and	convenience	food	sales	and	
Marketing	Director	of	Hazlewood	Foods	plc		
prior	to	it	being	acquired	by	Greencore.

4.
JT Herlihy*, B Comm, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 43) 

He	joined	the	Board	in	March	2009.	He	is		
Vice	President	of	Global	Ad	Operations	at	
Google	and	head	of	Google	Ireland.	Previously,	
he	held	senior	management	positions	at	global	
technology	companies	including	First	Data		
(US	and	EMEA),	Epiphany	(US	and	Asia-Pacific),	
and	Oracle	Corporation	(US	and	EMEA).

5.
EF Sullivan*, B Comm, MBS 
Chairman (Aged 62)

He	joined	the	Board	in	March	2002	and	became	
Chairman	in	February	2003.	He	was	previously	
Group	Managing	Director	of	Glanbia	plc	and,	
prior	to	that,	held	a	number	of	senior	positions	
with	Grand	Metropolitan	plc	in	London	and	
Dublin.	He	is	Chairman	of	McInerney	Holdings	
plc	and	Eircom	Limited	and	was	the	first	
Chairman	of	An	Bord	Bia	(The	Irish	Food	Board).

6.
PA McCann* 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 59) 

He	joined	the	Board	in	November	2003.		
He	is	Chief	Executive	of	Maldron	Hotels	and		
was	formerly	Chief	Executive	of	Jurys	Doyle	
Hotel	Group	plc,	a	position	he	held	from	2000	
until	2006.	He	is	also	a	Non-Executive	Director		
of	EBS	Building	Society	and	the	Irish	Heart	
Foundation.

2.

4.

6.

1.

3.

5.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

33

Board Committees 

Audit Committee

EL Nicoli*
PG Kennedy*
DM Simons**
JT Herlihy*

Nomination Committee

PF Coveney
PA McCann**
DM Simons*
EF Sullivan*

Option and Remuneration 
Committee

*  Denotes Non-Executive Director
 Denotes Chairman of Committee 
** 

PG Kennedy**
JT Herlihy*
DA Sugden*
EF Sullivan*

9.
AM Hynes
Chief Operating Officer (Aged 59)

11.
DA Sugden*, BSc, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 59) 

7.
PF Coveney, B Comm, M Phil,  
D Phil 
Chief Executive Officer (Aged 40)

He	was	appointed	Chief	Executive	with	effect	
from	March	2008.	He	joined	the	Board	in	
September	2005	and	has	previously	held	the	
position	of	Chief	Financial	Officer	for	the	Group.	
Prior	to	joining	Greencore,	he	was	a	partner	with	
McKinsey	&	Company,	serving	as	managing	
partner	of	McKinsey	Ireland.	He	was	elected	a	
member	of	the	Council	of	the	Dublin	Chamber		
of	Commerce	where	he	now	serves	as	Deputy	
Vice	President.	

8.
EN Nicoli*, CBE, BSc 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 60)	

He	has	held	the	position	of	Chief	Operating	
Officer	since	April,	2001	and	joined	the	Board		
in	December	2001.	He	was	previously	Managing	
Director	of	Green	Isle	Foods	Limited,	part	of	
Northern	Foods	plc.	Prior	to	joining	Green	Isle,	
he	held	senior	management	positions	in	China,	
France	and	Ireland	with	Essilor	International,		
the	worldwide	ophthalmic	optics	group.	On		
3	December	2010,	we	announced	Mr	Hyne’s	
resignation	from	the	board.

10.
DM Simons*, CBE, BSc Econ, 
FCMA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 63)

He	was	appointed	to	the	Board	in	May	2010.		
He	is	Chairman	of	Vue	Entertainment	Limited	
and	a	senior	partner	of	Sunningdale	Capital	LLP.	
Previously	he	was	Chief	Executive	of	United	
Biscuits	(Holdings)	plc	from	1991	until	1999,		
and	Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	of	EMI		
Group	plc	until	2007.	

He	was	appointed	to	the	Board	in	July	2004.	
Previously,	he	was	Chairman	of	Littlewoods	
Shop	Direct	Group	Limited	for	five	years	and	
Chief	Executive	of	Somerfield	plc	for	seven	
years.	He	has	held	many	senior	executive		
and	non-executive	positions	in	major	UK		
and	International	retail	companies.

He	joined	the	Board	in	April	2002.	He	is	a	
Chairman	of	Findel	plc	and	a	non-executive	
director	of	Mouchel	plc.	He	is	a	former	
Chairman	of	BPP	Holdings	plc	and	MSB	
International	plc.	Prior	to	that,	he	was	Group	
Chief	Executive	of	Geest	plc	and	Group	Finance	
Director	of	Spear	&	Jackson	International	plc.

12.
PG Kennedy*, BA, FCA 
Non-Executive Director (Aged 52)

He	joined	the	Board	in	November	2008.	He	is	a	
Director	of	Elan	plc	as	well	as	being	Chairman	of	
its	Audit	Committee,	and	during	the	year	was	
appointed	as	a	Director	of	Anglo	Irish	Bank	and	is	
also	Chairman	of	its	Audit	Committee.	In	addition,	
he	is	a	Director	of	Friends	First	Holdings	Ltd.	He	is	
also	Chairman	of	a	number	of	private	companies.	
Previously	he	was	Group	Director	of	Finance	and	
Enterprise	Technology	at	Allied	Irish	Banks	plc	
and	a	member	of	its	main	board	together		
with	subsidiary	boards	in	the	USA	and	Poland.	
Prior	to	that,	he	was	Group	Vice-President	of	
Nortel	Networks	Europe,	having	started	his	
management	career	at	Deloitte	and	Touche.		
He	served	on	the	Board	of	the	Industrial	
Development	Authority	of	Ireland	for	ten		
years	until	he	retired	in	December	2005.

8.

10.

12.

7.

9.

11.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
34 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Directors’ Report

Introduction

The	Directors	submit	their	Report	and	Financial	Statements	for	the	year	ended	24	September	2010.

Principal Activities and Review of Business

Greencore	is	a	leading	international	producer	and	supplier	of	convenience	foods	and	ingredients	to	consumer,	industrial	and	foodservice	markets.	
Detailed	commentaries	on	the	Group’s	performance	for	the	year	are	contained	in	the	Chairman’s	Statement,	the	Chief	Executive’s	Review,	and	the	
Divisional	and	Financial	Reviews.	The	principal	subsidiary	and	associated	undertakings	are	listed	in	Note	37	to	the	Group	Financial	Statements.

Results for the Year

The	results	of	the	Group	for	the	year	are	set	out	in	the	Group	Income	Statement.	The	profit	for	the	year	after	taxation	and	exceptional	charges	was	
¤34.5	million	(2009:	loss	of	¤8.4	million).

Dividends

An	interim	ordinary	dividend	of	3.0c	(2009:	3.0c)	per	share	was	paid	on	30	September	2010.	The	Directors	recommend	the	payment	of	a	final	ordinary	
dividend	of	4.5c	(2009:	4.5c)	per	share.	Subject	to	shareholders’	approval,	this	dividend	is	to	be	paid	on	1	April	2011	to	shareholders	who	were	on	the	
register	of	members	at	5.00pm	on	3	December	2010.

Share Capital

During	the	year,	31,733	ordinary	shares	were	issued	under	the	Company’s	Share	Option	and	Sharesave	schemes	and	2,208,982	ordinary	shares	were	
issued	under	the	Company’s	Scrip	Dividend	scheme.	

The	Directors	are	currently	authorised	to	issue	a	further	90,388,060	ordinary	shares	under	an	authority	that	was	conferred	on	them	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting	held	on	11	February	2010.	This	authority	will	expire	on	10	February	2015.	

Additionally,	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting,	shareholders	are	being	asked	to	approve,	until	the	day	following	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	
held	in	2012,	the	Directors’	power	to	disapply	the	strict	statutory	pre-emption	provisions	relating	to	the	issue	of	new	equity	for	cash.	The	disapplication	will
be	limited	to	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	connection	with	any	rights	issue	or	any	open	offer	to	shareholders	and	the	allotment	of	shares	in	lieu	of
dividends,	and	the	allotment	of	shares	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	value	equal	to	5	per	cent	of	the	nominal	value	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital.

At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	held	in	February	2010,	shareholders	passed	a	resolution	to	give	the	Company,	or	any	of	its	subsidiaries,	the	authority	to	
purchase	up	to	10	per	cent	of	its	own	shares.	At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	on	31	January	2011,	shareholders	are	being	asked	to	renew	this	
authority	until	the	date	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	in	2012	or	12	August	2012,	whichever	is	the	earlier.	The	Directors	do	not	have	any
current	intention	to	exercise	the	power	to	purchase	the	Company’s	own	shares.

Under	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company	no	person	shall	be	entitled	to	acquire	shares	representing	30	per	cent	or	more	of	the	Company’s	
issued	share	capital	or	(alone	or	with	any	associate	or	associates)	to	control	the	exercise	of	30	per	cent	or	more	of	the	votes	which	are	ordinarily
exercisable	in	all	circumstances	at	general	meetings	of	the	Company.	This	restriction	cannot	be	amended	without	the	consent	of	the	holder	of	the	
special	share	in	the	capital	of	the	Company.	

The	special	share	is	owned	by	the	Minister	for	Agriculture	and	Food,	on	behalf	of	the	Irish	State.	This	gives	the	owner	certain	rights,	inter	alia,	in	relation	
to	the	amendment	of	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association,	the	maximum	size	of	shareholdings	in	the	Company,	the	sugar	quota	and	sugar	producing	
assets	formerly	used	by	the	Company.	

Future Developments

The	Group	showed	further	growth	and	development	during	the	year.	Future	prospects	are	outlined	in	the	Chairman’s	Statement,	the	Chief	Executive’s	
Review,	and	the	Divisional	and	Financial	Reviews.	

	
	
	
	
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

35

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

As	with	any	large	Group,	Greencore	faces	a	number	of	risks	and	uncertainties.	Individual	business	unit	management	teams	primarily	drive	the	process	
by	which	individual	risks	and	uncertainties	are	identified,	these	teams	being	best	placed	to	identify	significant	and	emerging	risks	and	uncertainties	in
their	businesses.	The	output	from	this	process	feeds	into	the	regular	management	reporting	structures.	Risks	and	mitigating	controls,	common	across	
all	categories,	are	managed	and	reviewed	at	Group	level.	Risks	identified	and	associated	mitigating	controls	are	subject	to	review	as	part	of	the	Group’s
health	and	safety,	technical	compliance	and	operational/financial	audit	programmes.	Under	Irish	company	law	(Regulation	37	of	the	European	
Communities	(Companies:	Group	Accounts)	Regulations	1992,	as	amended),	the	Group	is	required	to	give	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	
uncertainties	which	it	faces.	These	principal	risks	are	set	out	on	pages	24	and	25.

Further	detail	in	relation	to	the	Group’s	internal	controls	is	included	on	pages	37	to	39	of	this	report.	Details	of	the	Group’s	financial	risk	management	
policies	are	set	out	in	Note	23	of	the	Group	Financial	Statements.	Details	of	the	Group’s	key	performance	indicators	are	set	out	on	page	11.

Directors

In	accordance	with	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company,	Mr	PF	Coveney	and	Mr	DA	Sugden	retire	from	the	Board	by	rotation	at	the	forthcoming	
Annual	General	Meeting.	Mr	Coveney	and	Mr	Sugden,	being	eligible,	offer	themselves	for	re-appointment.	Mr	Coveney	will	have	completed	his	second	
three	year	term	and	Mr	Sugden	will	have	completed	his	third	three	year	term.	Although	Mr	Sugden	will	have	completed	his	third	three	year	term,	he	
offers	himself	for	re-appointment	for	a	one	year	term	or	until	completion	of	the	proposed	merger	with	Northern	Foods	plc.	In	April,	2010	Mr	EL	Nicoli	
was	appointed	to	the	Board.	In	accordance	with	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company	Mr	Nicoli	will	retire	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	
Meeting	and,	being	eligible,	will	offer	himself	for	re-appointment.	In	accordance	with	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company,	having	completed	his	
second	three	year	term,	Mr	Corbett	retired	from	the	Board	in	February	2010.	Mr	Hynes	resigned	from	the	Board	in	December	2010.	Mr	Doherty	will	
resign	from	the	Board	on	31	December	2010.

The	Board	recommends	the	appointment	of	the	Directors	seeking	re-appointment	as	they	continue	to	be	effective	and	demonstrate	commitment		
to	the	role.

Directors’ Interests in Share Capital at 24 September 2010

The	interests	of	the	Directors	and	Group	Company	Secretary	in	the	shares	of	the	Company	are	set	out	in	the	Report	on	Directors’	Remuneration.		
The	Directors	and	Company	Secretary	have	no	beneficial	interests	in	any	of	the	Group’s	subsidiary	or	associated	undertakings.

Significant Shareholdings

At	9	December	2010,	the	Company	has	been	advised	of	the	following	notifiable	interests	in	its	ordinary	share	capital:

Shareholder	

Polaris	Capital	Management,	LLC	
Letko,	Brosseau	&	Associates	Inc.	
Artemis	Investment	Management	Limited	
Gartmore	Investment	Management	Limited	

No.	of		
interests	in	
ordinary	
shares	

	 30,483,455	
	 23,388,508	
14,130,723	
7,875,378	

%	of	
issued		
capital

14.67%
11.26%
6.8%
3.79%

Apart	from	these	holdings,	the	Company	has	not	been	notified	at	9	December	2010	of	any	interest	of	3%	or	more	in	its	ordinary	share	capital.

Corporate Governance

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Statements	by	the	Directors	in	relation	to	the	Company’s	application	of	corporate	governance	principles,	compliance	with	the	provisions	of	Section	1	of	the
2008	Combined	Code	on	Corporate	Governance,	the	Group’s	system	of	internal	controls	and	the	adoption	of	the	going	concern	basis	in	the	preparation	of
the	Financial	Statements	are	set	out	on	pages	37	to	39.

The	Report	on	Directors’	Remuneration	is	set	out	on	pages	40	to	45.

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
36 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Directors’ Report
(continued)

Corporate Responsibility

The	Group	views	corporate	responsibility	as	an	integral	part	of	the	organisation’s	culture	and	always	strives	to	ensure	it	is	acting	in	the	best	interests		
of	all	related	parties	and	stakeholders.	Group	policies	and	implementation	systems	are	set	out	on	pages	26	to	31.

Research and Development

The	Group	continued	its	research	and	development	programme	in	relation	to	its	principal	activities	during	the	year.	Further	information	is	contained	in	
the	reviews	on	pages	14	to	17	and	in	Note	2	of	the	Group	Financial	Statements.

Taxation Status

So	far	as	the	Directors	are	aware,	the	Company	is	not	a	close	company	within	the	meaning	of	the	Tax	Consolidation	Act.

Events Since the Year-End

There	have	been	no	significant	events	affecting	the	Group	since	the	year-end	other	than	the	recommended	merger	of	equals	with	Northern	Foods	plc		
to	create	Essenta	Foods	and	the	acquisition	of	a	US	sandwich	business	as	disclosed	in	Note	38	to	the	Group	Financial	Statements.

Accounting Records

The	Directors	believe	that	they	have	complied	with	the	requirements	of	Section	202	of	the	Companies	Act	1990	with	regard	to	books	of	account	by
employing	accounting	personnel	with	appropriate	expertise	and	by	providing	adequate	resources	to	the	financial	function.	The	books	of	account	of		
the	company	are	maintained	at	No.2	Northwood	Avenue,	Northwood	Business	Park,	Santry,	Dublin	9.

Auditor

The	auditor,	KPMG,	Chartered	Accountants,	continues	in	office	in	accordance	with	Section	160	(2)	of	the	Companies	Act	1963.

Notice of Annual General Meeting and Special Business

Notice	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting,	together	with	details	of	special	business	to	be	considered	at	the	meeting,	is	set	out	in	a	separate	circular	which		
is	enclosed	with	the	Annual	Report.

On	behalf	of	the	Board

EF	Sullivan		
Director	

Dublin
9	December	2010	

GP	Doherty	
Director

	
	
	
	
	
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

37

Corporate Governance Report

Corporate governance is concerned with how companies are managed and controlled. The Directors are committed to the highest standards of 
corporate governance. This statement explains how the Group has applied the principles set out in Section 1 of the FRC Combined Code on Corporate 
Governance 2008 (the Code) adopted by the Irish and London Stock Exchanges. The Board believes it has complied fully with the Code and that it  
has complied throughout the financial year ended 24 September 2010 with the provisions where the requirements are of a continuing nature.

Board of Directors

The Board is responsible for the leadership and control of the Company. The Board is currently made up of three Executive and seven Non-Executive 
Directors. Biographical details are set out on pages 32 and 33. The Board considers that, between them, the Directors bring the range of skills, 
knowledge and experience necessary to lead the Company. All the Directors bring independent judgement to bear on issues of strategy, performance, 
resources, key appointments and standards. The Board has determined that each of the Non-Executive Directors is independent. Each has no material 
interest or other relationship with the Group.

The Board agrees a schedule of regular meetings to be held in each calendar year and also meets on other occasions as necessary. Meetings are held  
at the head office in Dublin, as well as at the offices of the Group’s operating subsidiaries.

There is an agreed list of matters which the Board has formally reserved to itself for decision, such as approval of the Group’s commercial strategy, 
trading and capital budgets, Financial Statements, Board membership, major acquisitions and disposals, major capital expenditure, risk management 
and treasury policies.

There is an agreed procedure for Directors to take independent legal advice, at the expense of the Company, in the furtherance of their duties as 
Directors of the Company. The Group has a policy in place which indemnifies the Directors in respect of legal action taken against them. All Directors 
have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are followed. The appointment 
and removal of the Company Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole.

All Directors receive regular Group Management Accounts and reports and full Board papers are sent to each Director in sufficient time before Board 
meetings. Any further supporting papers and information are readily available to all Directors on request. The Board papers include the minutes of all 
Board committee meetings held since the previous Board meeting and the Chairman of each committee is available to give a report on the committee’s 
proceedings at Board meetings, if appropriate.

The Board has a formal process whereby each Director and the Group Company Secretary individually meets the Chairman annually to review 
individual Director performance, the conduct of Board meetings, the performance of the Board and its committees, and the general corporate 
governance of the Group. In addition, the Chairman meets at least once annually with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors 
being present.

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate and there is a clear division of responsibilities between them which is set out in writing and  
has been approved by the Board. The Board has delegated responsibility for the management of the Group, through the Chief Executive, to executive 
management and the Chief Executive is accountable to the Board for all authority so delegated.

The Board has acknowledged that there should be a recognised senior member of the Board, known as the ‘Senior Independent Director’, and that  
the position should be rotated among the Non-Executive Directors, all of whom are independent. Patrick McCann is currently the Senior Independent 
Director. Mr McCann is available to shareholders who have concerns that cannot be addressed through the Chairman, Chief Executive or Chief Financial 
Officer. As part of the performance evaluation process, the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Senior Independent Director, meet annually without the 
Chairman present to appraise the Chairman’s performance, having taken the views of the Executive Directors and the Company Secretary into account.

In view of the substantial Board changes following completion of the proposed merger it was felt that the annual review of Board performance be deferred.

Board Committees

The Board has established an effective committee structure to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities. The committees and their members are 
listed on page 33 of this report. All committees of the Board have written terms of reference dealing with their authority and duties delegated by the 
Board. The terms of reference are available on the Group’s website at www.greencore.com, and can be accessed through the Corporate Governance 
section. Membership of the Audit and Option and Remuneration Committees is comprised exclusively of Non-Executive Directors. The Company 
Secretary acts as secretary to each of these committees.

The Audit Committee reviews the accounting principles, policies and practices adopted in the preparation of the Interim Statements, the Half Yearly 
Financial Report and the Annual Group and Company Financial Statements. The Committee also discusses with the Group’s external auditor the results  
and scope of their audit. In addition, it reviews the scope and performance of the Group’s internal audit function and the cost effectiveness, independence 
and objectivity of the external auditor. The Committee assists the Board in meeting its obligations under the Combined Code on Corporate Governance  
in the areas of risk assessment and internal controls. The external auditor is invited to attend Committee meetings, along with the Chief Executive,  
the Chief Financial Officer and the Head of the Risk Management Group. The external auditor and the Head of the Risk Management Group have the 
opportunity to meet with the members of the Committee alone at least once a year. The Group has a policy governing the conduct of non-audit work by  

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
38 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Corporate Governance Report
(continued)

Board Committees (continued)

the auditor. The engagement of the external auditor to provide any non-audit services must be pre-approved by the Committee where the fee exceeds  
20% of the audit fee. During the financial year to 24 September 2010, fees paid in relation to non-audit related services totalled ¤990,000 (2009: ¤665,000) 
in respect of KPMG in Ireland, the external auditor, and ¤1,799,000 (2009: ¤713,000) in respect of KPMG in other countries. During the financial year, Deloitte 
replaced KPMG as tax advisor to the Group.

The Committee has determined that Mr JT Herlihy, Mr PG Kennedy, Mr EL Nicoli and Mr DM Simons have recent and relevant financial experience and, 
therefore, satisfy the requirements of the Code. Mr David M Simons is Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The Nomination Committee is responsible for proposing to the Board any new appointments, whether of Executive or Non-Executive Directors of the 
Company. To facilitate the search for suitable candidates, the Committee uses the services of independent consultants. Appointments to the Board are 
approved by the Board as a whole. In so doing, the Board considers the balance of skill, knowledge and experience on the Board which is necessary to 
allow it to meet the strategic vision for the Group. Newly appointed Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
following their appointment. Excluding any such newly appointed Directors, one third of the Board is subject to re-election each year. Non-Executive 
Directors are normally appointed to the Board for an initial term of three years, renewable with the Board’s agreement for a further term of three years 
but subject to re-election by shareholders on the normal rotation basis. Subject to the unanimous request of the Board, a Director may go forward to 
seek election for a third three year term.

The terms and conditions of appointment of Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office, during normal 
office hours, and at the Annual General Meeting of the Company. An induction programme to the Group is arranged for all new Directors, including 
visits to the trading operations of subsidiaries. Mr Patrick A McCann is Chairman of the Nomination Committee.

The Option and Remuneration Committee operates the Group’s Deferred Bonus Scheme, Share Option Schemes, Sharesave Schemes and Long-Term 
Incentive Schemes. It is responsible for determining the remuneration packages of the Executive Directors and senior management and for making 
recommendations in regard to the Chairman’s and Directors’ fees which are fixed by the Board on the authority of the shareholders. Where necessary,  
the Committee consults with remuneration consultants. The Group’s remuneration policy for Executive Directors and details of Directors’ remuneration  
are contained in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 40 to 45. Mr Gary P Kennedy is Chairman of the Option and Remuneration Committee.

Attendance at scheduled Board and Board committee meetings during the year ended 24 September 2010 was as follows:

GMN Corbett* 
PF Coveney 
GP Doherty 
JT Herlihy 
AM Hynes*** 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli** 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 
EF Sullivan 
DS Walker 

Board 

Audit 

A 

4 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
3 
8 
8 
8 
8 

B 

4 
8 
8 
7 
8 
8 
8 
3 
8 
8 
8 
8 

A 

2 
– 
– 
2 
– 
4 
– 
1 
4 
– 
– 
– 

B 

2 
– 
– 
1 
– 
3 
– 
– 
4 
– 
– 
– 

Nomination 
B 

A 

Option and 
Remuneration
B

A 

– 
1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 

– 
1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 
1 
– 

1 
– 
– 
3 
– 
2 
– 
– 
– 
3 
3 
– 

1
–
–
3
–
2
–
–
–
2
3
–

*  Mr Corbett resigned from the Board on 11 February 2010.
**  Mr Nicoli was appointed to the Board on 14 May 2010.
***  Mr Hynes resigned from the Board on 3 December 2010.

Column A indicates the number of scheduled meetings held during the period in which the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.
Column B indicates the number of scheduled meetings attended during the period in which the Director was a member of the Board and/or committee.

Communication with Shareholders

The Company has regular dialogue with institutional and major shareholders throughout the year, other than during close periods. All Directors are 
available to meet with such shareholders throughout the year. The Company also encourages communication with shareholders throughout the year 
and welcomes their participation at general meetings. The views of the shareholders and the market in general are communicated to the Board on a 
regular basis, as are expressed views on corporate governance and strategy, as well as the outcome of analyst and broker briefings. Analyst reports  
on the Company are also circulated to the Board members on a regular basis. The Group’s website, www.greencore.com, provides the full text of the 
Annual Reports, Interim Management Statements, Half Yearly Financial Reports and presentations to analysts and investors. These can be accessed 
through the Investor Relations section of the website. Stock Exchange announcements are also made available in the Investor Relations section of the 
website, after release to the Stock Exchange.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

39

All Board members attend the Annual General Meeting and are available to answer questions. Separate resolutions are proposed on substantially 
different issues, and the agenda of business to be conducted at the Annual General Meeting includes a resolution to receive and consider the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements. The chairmen of the Board’s committees are available at the Annual General Meeting. Notice of the Annual General 
Meeting, together with the Annual Report and Financial Statements, are sent to shareholders at least twenty working days before the meeting,  
and details of the proxy votes for and against each resolution and the number of abstentions are announced after each vote on a show of hands.

Going Concern

The Directors, after making enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Company, and the Group as a whole, have adequate resources to continue 
operating for the foreseeable future. For this reason, the going concern basis continues to be adopted in preparing the Financial Statements.

Internal Control

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s system of internal control, for reviewing its effectiveness and for confirming that there is a process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks for the achievement of the Group’s strategic objectives. This process has been in place 
throughout the financial year up to the date of the approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements, accords with the Turnbull guidance and  
is regularly reviewed by the Board. This system of internal control is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. 

The systems involve the Board considering the following:

 •

 •

 •

 •

 •

the nature and extent of the risks facing the Group;

the extent and categories of risks it regards as acceptable for the Group to bear;

the likelihood of the risk concerned materialising;

the Group’s ability to reduce the incidence and impact on its business of risks that do materialise; and 

the costs of operating particular controls relative to the benefits thereby obtained in managing related risks. 

The risks faced by the Group are reviewed regularly with management and with the Board’s Audit Committee whose terms of reference require it to 
conduct an annual assessment and make a report to the Board on (a) the nature and extent of the significant risks facing the Group, (b) the design, 
operation and monitoring by management of internal control systems and the adequacy and frequency of reports from management to the Board, and 
(c) whether they give a balanced assessment of the significant risks and the effectiveness of the system of internal control in managing those risks.

The key elements of the system are as follows:

 •

 •

 •

 •

 •

 •

 •

the Corporate Manual, which includes a statement of corporate values, is distributed throughout the Group;

clearly defined organisation structures and lines of authority;

corporate policies for financial reporting, treasury and financial risk management, information technology and security, project appraisal and 
corporate governance;

annual budgets and three year business plans for all operating units, identifying key risks and opportunities;

monitoring of performance against budgets and reporting thereon to the Directors on a regular basis;

a Risk Management Group which reviews key business processes and controls; and 

an Audit Committee which approves plans and deals with significant control issues raised by internal or external audit.

In order to ensure the necessary focus on the control environment, the Group has determined that it will incentivise the continuous improvement of the 
internal control environment so as to embed it within the organisation. Accordingly, these improvements form part of performance review of individuals. 
This includes managing directors as well as finance teams. 

In accordance with the process outlined above, the Board has satisfied itself on the effectiveness of the internal control systems in operation and it has 
approved the reporting lines to it to ensure the ongoing effectiveness of the internal controls and reporting structures.

Finally, the Directors, through the use of appropriate procedures, systems and the employment of competent persons, have ensured that measures are 
in place to secure compliance with the Company’s obligation to keep proper books of account. The books of account are kept at the registered office of 
the Company.

Compliance

The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of Corporate Governance and supports the principles advocated by the 2008 Combined  
Code of Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council (“the Code”) and in the period under review the Company complied with  
the Code provisions.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
40 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Report on Directors’ Remuneration

The Option and Remuneration Committee

The Option and Remuneration Committee of the Board consists of Non-Executive Directors of the Company. The terms of reference of the Option and 
Remuneration Committee include the determination of the remuneration packages for Executive Directors and senior management and recommendations 
on Non-Executive Directors’ fees. Further details are set out below and membership of the Committee is set out on page 33. 

Remuneration Policy

The main aim of the Group’s remuneration policy is to pay the Executive Directors competitively taking into consideration the remuneration practices of 
other international companies of similar size and scope, the current economic climate and the need to ensure that Directors are appropriately remunerated 
and motivated to perform in the best interests of shareholders. 

The Option and Remuneration Committee obtains external advice on remuneration in comparable companies, as necessary, and has given full 
consideration to Schedule A to the Code.

The main elements of the remuneration package for Executive Directors are basic salary and benefits, a performance related annual bonus, a deferred 
bonus plan, pension benefits and participation in a share option plan.

Mercer Human Resource Consulting Limited (Mercer) was appointed as remuneration advisors to the Committee in 2006. Mercer provides advice on 
remuneration policy and philosophy, benchmarking exercises for executive Directors, and remuneration packages based on current market trends,  
and has been retained to review pension arrangements for Senior Executives in light of the Board’s decision to close all defined benefit arrangements  
to future accrual. Mercer, separately, through its retirement business, provides administration, consulting and actuarial services in relation to the 
various occupational pension schemes sponsored by the Group. The Option and Remuneration Committee does not consider there to be any conflict  
of interest in Mercer acting both for the Group and the pension trustees. In addition Deloitte was appointed during the financial year to undertake a 
review of executive remuneration arrangements, to ensure that such arrangements are effectively structured to retain key management. Deloitte 
separately provide tax services and the Option and Remuneration Committee do not consider there to be any conflict of interest in this regard.

Basic Salary

The salaries of Executive Directors are reviewed annually having regard to the job size, responsibility levels, personal and Group performance and 
competitive market practice. 

Performance Related Annual Bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan

The following principles have been adopted as a framework for evaluating changes to executive remuneration. The remuneration arrangements for 
Executive Directors are designed:

 •

 •

 •

 •

to support the business strategy;

to align the financial interests of executives and shareholders; 

to provide market competitive reward opportunities for performance in line with expectations; and 

to have competitive compensation packages to attract and retain managers of the highest calibre.

The annual performance related bonus scheme ensures that: 

 •

 •

 •

budgeted performance targets are clearly defined and stretching;

the maximum annual performance-related bonuses are competitive with peer group companies of the Group; and

75% of performance targets are weighted towards financial targets with a 25% weighting for personal and strategic goals.

The current incentive plan for Senior Executives operates by deferring half the annual bonus earned into Company shares calculated at market value, to 
be held by a trustee for the benefit of individual participants for three years without any additional performance requirements or matching. The shares 
vest after three years but will be forfeited should an executive voluntarily leave the Group within the three year time period subject to normal “good 
leaver” provisions. 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

41

The rationale for implementing this type of plan includes the retention of key executives, aligning pay with short-term performance, simplifying the 
current arrangements and aligning executives’ interests with shareholders’ interests through deferral of part of the bonus into shares. Not all eligible 
executives will necessarily receive an award in any single year and no executive will receive awards from the option plan in the same year as they receive 
the benefit of a deferred bonus. The incentive plan for senior executives was adopted by the Board for the financial year ended 26 September 2008 and 
subsequent financial years. 

Performance Share Plan

At the Annual General Meeting in 2004, shareholders approved the introduction of a new long-term incentive scheme for senior executives described 
as a Performance Share Plan (“the Plan”). The Plan is for senior executives who are best placed to maximise shareholder value and operates on the 
basis of the making of conditional share awards using Greencore shares as the underlying unit of value. In the financial year to 24 September 2010,  
no conditional awards were made to any executive.

Share Option Schemes

The Group operates share option and sharesave schemes that are based on approvals by shareholders in 1991, 1994 and 2001. It is Group policy to grant 
options under the Share Option Scheme to key executives across the Group to encourage identification with shareholders’ interests. Options have been 
granted to some 260 executives to date. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in the scheme. 

Under the 1991 and 1994 schemes, basic options cannot be exercised before the expiration of three years from the date of grant and then only if  
the Company’s earnings per share has grown, over three years, at least to the same extent as the growth in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) over  
the same period.

Second tier options cannot be exercised before the expiration of five years from the date of grant, and only then if the Company’s earnings per share 
growth over five years has been such as to place the Company in the top quartile of companies listed on the Irish Stock Exchange by reference to growth 
in earnings per share over the same period. A further provision is that second tier options shall be exercisable if the Company’s earnings per share 
growth over the relevant period are greater by not less than 10% on an annualised basis than the increase in the CPI over that period. Under the 2001 
scheme, basic options can only be exercised where there has been an increase in the earnings per share of the Company of at least the increase in the 
CPI over a three year period plus 5% compounded per annum and second tier options can only be exercised where:

(i)  there has been an increase in the earnings per share of the Company of at least the increase in the CPI over a five year period plus 10% compounded 

per annum; and

(ii) the rate of increase in the earnings per share of the Company places it at the top quartile of a table of growth rates of earnings per share of 

comparative companies over that period.

In the financial year to 24 September 2010 no second tier option grants were awarded to any executive and currently there are no such options 
outstanding. 

The Group encourages eligible employees to save in order to buy shares in the Company. The sharesave schemes provide a means of saving and give 
employees the opportunity to become shareholders. To date, approximately 3,000 employees have been granted options under the sharesave schemes.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
42 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Report on Directors’ Remuneration
(continued)

Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Interests

The beneficial interests of the Directors and Group Company Secretary (including their respective family interests) who held office at 24 September 
2010 in the share capital of the Company were as follows: 

Directors 

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty 
JT Herlihy 
AM Hynes 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 
EF Sullivan 
DS Walker 

Group Company Secretary

C O’Leary 

Ordinary Shares

At 24/09/2010 

  404,500 
37,000 
– 
58,798 
17,701 
42,000 
– 
50,000 
17,500 
22,365 
56,623 

At 25/09/2009 
(Or date of  
appointment  
if later)

404,500
37,000

 –

 –

58,798
10,000
42,000

50,000
17,500
22,365
56,623

– 

 –

Following the year end, Mr Tony Hynes acquired 730 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company and Ms Di Walker acquired 1,059 ordinary shares in  
the capital of the Company. On 4 December 2010, Mr Patrick Coveney, Mr Geoff Doherty and Mr Tony Hynes received 109,342 ordinary shares, 85,910 
ordinary shares and 113,847 ordinary shares respectively under the Deferred Bonus Plan Awards scheme. There were no other changes in the interests  
of Directors and the Group Company Secretary between 24 September 2010 and 9 December 2010. 

The Directors and Group Company Secretary have no beneficial interests in any of the Group’s subsidiary or associated undertakings.

Deferred Bonus Plan Awards

Executive Directors 

PF Coveney 

GP Doherty 

AM Hynes 

DS Walker 

Group Company Secretary

C O’Leary 

Initial 
allocation 
of shares 

382,096 
491,522 
687,988 

245,633 
315,978 

161,572 
239,239 
271,156 

125,257 
170,525 
273,661 

63,462 

  Market price  
on award 
date ¤ 

0.916 
1.38 
1.30 

0.916 
1.38 

0.916 
1.38 
1.30 

0.85 
1.38 
1.30 

1.30 

Holding period

03/12/2008 – 03/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012
01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

03/12/2008 – 03/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012 

03/12/2008 – 03/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012
01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

09/12/2008 – 09/12/2011
01/12/2009 – 01/12/2012
01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

01/12/2010 – 01/12/2013

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

43

Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Options

Details of movements on outstanding options over the Company’s ordinary share capital and those granted during the year are set out below. 
Outstanding options are exercisable on dates between 2010 and 2018:

Number of Options 

PF Coveney 

Basic 
Sharesave 

GP Doherty
Basic 
Sharesave 

AM Hynes
Basic 
Sharesave 

DS Walker 
Basic 
Sharesave 

C O’Leary 
Basic 
Sharesave 

At start 
of year 
(Or date of 
  appointment 
if later) 

Granted 
during 
year 

Exercised 
or lapsed 
during 
year 

At end 
of year 

Weighted  
average  
exercise  
price at  
24 Sep  
2010

420,000 
20,880 

350,000 
20,880 

500,000 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

150,000 
– 

– 
10,431 

35,000 
20,880 

115,000 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

420,000 
20,880 

¤3.41
¤0.88

350,000 
20,880 

¤3.21
¤0.88

500,000 
– 

¤2.80
–

150,000 

Stg£4.89
10,431  Stg £0.87 

150,000 
20,880 

¤1.61
¤0.88

There were no changes in the interests of the Directors and the Group Company Secretary between 24 September 2010 and 9 December 2010.

Share Options

Options outstanding under the Company’s share option and sharesave schemes at 24 September 2010 amounted to 8,835,902 ordinary shares 
(2009: 8,214,433) made up as follows:

Share option schemes 
Sharesave scheme 

Basic tier 
Ireland 
UK 

Pension Benefits

No. of 
ordinary 
shares 

6,070,000 
256,055 
2,509,847 

  8,835,902

Price 
range 

¤0.80 – ¤4.89 
¤0.88 – ¤3.95 
Stg£0.87 – Stg£3.01 

Normal  
dates  
exercisable

2010 – 2019
2010 – 2015
2010 – 2017

Messrs. Coveney, Doherty and Hynes participated in the Greencore Group Pension Scheme (“the Greencore Scheme”) with different accrual rates.  
In the case of Mr Hynes his accrual rate was designed to provide one third of pensionable earnings at retirement and in the case of Messrs. Coveney  
and Doherty it provides one sixtieth for each year of pensionable service. The Greencore Scheme was closed to future accrual from 31 December 2009. 
Ms Walker is a member of the Hazlewood Foods Retirement Benefit Scheme (“HFRB”) which provides one sixtieth for each year of pensionable service 
subject to an earnings cap. The HFRB Scheme was closed with effect from 31 December 2009. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Report on Directors’ Remuneration
(continued)

Directors’ Pensions

The following table sets out the pension benefits earned by Directors during the year together with the transfer value of the increases in accrued 
benefits under the Greencore Scheme and the HFRB Scheme. 

2010 

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty 
AM Hynes 
DS Walker 

2009 

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty 
AM Hynes 
DS Walker 

Increase in 
accrued 
benefits 
 24 September  during the 

Accrued 
benefit at 

Value of  
increase in  
accrued  
pension –  
net of  
employee  
year  contributions 
¤’000

¤’000 

7 
9 
8 
1 

54
71
183
2

Increase in 
accrued 
benefits 
during the 

Value of  
increase in  
accrued  
pension –  
net of  
employee  
year  contributions 
¤’000

¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

54 
67 
158 
12 

Accrued 
benefit at 
 25 September 
2009 
¤’000 

47 
58 
150 
11 

15 
7 
21 
1 

102
43
446
1

The actuarial values set out above represent the standard value of increases in accrued benefits payable at and from normal retirement age in respect 
of each Executive Director (that being sixty years of age), net of the amount of that Director’s own contribution during the year. 

Each Executive Director has an independent pension trust into which the Group makes defined contributions.

Directors’ Service Contracts

No Executive Director has a service contract extending beyond twelve months. Each Executive Director is entitled to terminate his/her employment with 
thirty prior days notice at any time within six months after a change in control of the Company if the executive has reasonable grounds to contend that such 
change in control has resulted or will result in the diminution of his/her powers, duties or functions in relation to the Company. If the executive’s contract is 
terminated in those circumstances the executive can seek a payment from the Company in settlement of all and any claims arising in those circumstances. 
The amount of the payment (subject to deduction of income tax) will be equal to the sum total of the basic salary and the bonus paid to the executive in the 
calendar year immediately preceding such termination. The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but have letters of appointment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

45

Directors’ Remuneration for the Year Ended 24 September 2010 

Executive Directors 

PF Coveney 
GP Doherty 
AM Hynes**** 
DS Walker 

Non-executive Directors 

EF Sullivan 
GMN Corbett** 
JT Herlihy 
PG Kennedy 
PA McCann 
EL Nicoli*** 
DM Simons 
DA Sugden 

Total remuneration 

Fees 
ordinary 
¤’000 

Fees 
special 
¤’000 

Basic 
Pension 
salary  contributions 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Other  Performance 
bonus 
¤’000 

benefits* 
¤’000 

– 
– 
– 
– 

50 
20 
48 
48 
48 
18 
48 
48 

328 

328 

– 
– 
– 
– 

151 
5 
6 
6 
12 
4 
12 
5 

201 

201 

678 
436 
365 
345 

1,824 

209 
148 
77 
71 

505 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

48 
41 
36 
40 

165 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

644 
414 
345 
667 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

1,824 

505 

165 

2,070 

2010 
Total 
¤’000 

1,579 
1,039 
823 
1,123 

2009 
Total 
¤’000

1,163
757 
609
414 

201 
25 
54 
54 
60 
22 
60 
53 

529 

5,093 

208
62
27
43
68
– 
62
62

532

3,475

2,070 

4,564 

2,943

Other benefits refer to health insurance, benefit in kind or car allowances. 

* 
* *  Mr Corbett resigned as a Director on 11 February 2010. 
***  Mr Nicoli was appointed as a Director on 14 May 2010.
**** Mr Hynes resigned as a Director on 3 December 2010.

Share-Based Payments
In addition to the above, the Executive Directors receive share options and Deferred Bonus Share awards. Full details of Directors’ share options are 
outlined on pages 41 to 43 of this Report. The related expense recognised in the Income Statement in the year, calculated in accordance with IFRS 2 
Share-Based Payment in respect of options issued to Executive Directors under the Group Share Option Schemes and Sharesave Schemes, totalled 
¤0.038 million (2009: ¤0.033 million). Full details of Deferred Bonus Plan Awards are outlined on pages 40 to 42 of this Report. The related expense 
recognised in the Income Statement in the year totalled ¤1.203 million (2009: ¤0.442 million).

Average Number of Directors

Average number of Executive Directors 
Average number of Non-Executive Directors 

2010 

2009

4 4
7 7

11 

11

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and Financial Statements in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Irish company law requires the Directors to prepare Financial Statements for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs  
of the Company and of the Group and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. The Directors have prepared the Group Financial Statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. The Directors have elected to prepare the Company 
Financial Statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland (Irish GAAP), comprising the financial reporting standards 
issued by the Accounting Standards Board and published by the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland together with the Companies Acts, 1963 
to 2009. 

In preparing these Group Financial Statements the Directors are required to: 

 •

 •

 •

select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

comply with applicable International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the Financial Statements; and 

 •

prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis, unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group will continue in business. 

The Directors are also required by the Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 and the Interim Transparency Rules of the Irish Financial 
Services Regulations Authority to include a management report containing a fair review of the business and a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties facing the Group. 

The Directors confirm that they have complied with the above requirements in preparing the Annual Report.

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper books of account which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company, and which enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with applicable International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and comply with the provisions of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009, and Article 4  
of the European Communities (International Financial Reporting Standards and Miscellaneous Amendments) Regulations 2005 (the “IAS Regulation”). 
They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group, and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the website (www.greencore.com). Legislation in Ireland concerning the preparation 
and dissemination of Financial Statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Regulation 21 of SI 255/2006 “EC (Takeover Directive) Regulations 2006”

For the purpose of Regulation 21 of SI 255/2006 “EC (Takeover Directive) Regulations 2006”, the information given under the following headings  
on pages 34 (Share Capital), 35 (Directors), 35 (Significant Shareholdings), 40 (Performance Related Annual Bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan),  
41 (Performance Share Plan), 41 (Share Option Schemes), 42 (Directors’ and Company Secretary’s Share Interests), 43 (Share Options), 44 (Directors’ 
Service Contracts) and 45 (Share-Based Payments) are deemed to be incorporated in this part of the Directors’ Report.

SI 277/2007 Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 

As required by Statutory Instrument 277/2007 Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 the following sections of the Company’s 
Annual Report shall be treated as forming part of this report:

1.  The Chairman’s Statement on pages 4 and 5
2.  Divisional Review on pages 14 to 17 which includes a review of the external environment, key strategic aims and performance measures
3.  Financial Review on pages 20 to 23 
4.  Principal risks and uncertainties on pages 24 and 25
5.  Directors’ Corporate Governance Report on pages 37 to 39 
6.  Corporate Responsibility Review on pages 26 to 31 
7.  Directors’ Report on research and development on page 36
8.  Details of Earnings per Ordinary Share on page 61
9.  Details of shares re-purchased by the Company on page 100
10.  Details of Derivative Financial Instruments on pages 88 to 93

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

47

SI 277/2007 Transparency (Directive 2004/109/EC) Regulations 2007 (continued)

The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge, the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with 
applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, give, as at 24 September 2010: 

 •

 •

give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and the profit and loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation;

include, taken as a whole, a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company, and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation; and 

 •

give a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

EF Sullivan  
Director 

Dublin
9 December 2010 

GP Doherty 
Director

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
48 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Greencore Group plc

We have audited the Group and Company financial statements (the ‘‘Financial Statements’’) of Greencore Group plc for the year ended 24 September 
2010 which comprise the Group Income Statement, the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense, the Group and Company Balance Sheets, 
the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Statement of Changes in Equity, the Group and Company Statements of Accounting Policies and the related 
notes. These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Section 193 of the Companies Act 1990. Our audit work has  
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for  
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the 
Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed. 

Respective Responsibilities of Directors and Auditor

The directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report and the Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, and for preparing the Company Financial Statements in accordance with applicable Irish 
law and the accounting standards issued by the Accounting Standards Board and promulgated by Chartered Accountants Ireland (Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice in Ireland) are set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on pages 46 and 47.

Our responsibility is to audit the Financial Statements in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on 
Auditing (UK and Ireland). 

We report to you our opinion as to whether the Group financial statements give a true and fair view in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, and 
have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and whether, in addition, the 
Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland and have been properly 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. We also report to you our opinion as to whether proper books of account have been 
kept by the Company; whether at the balance sheet date, there exists a financial situation requiring the convening of an extraordinary general meeting  
of the Company; and whether the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the financial statements. In addition, we state whether  
we have obtained all the information and explanations necessary for the purposes of our audit and whether the Company Balance Sheet is in agreement 
with the books of account. 

We also report to you if, in our opinion, any information specified by law or the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange regarding directors’ 
remuneration and directors’ transactions is not disclosed and, where practicable, include such information in our report.

We review whether the Corporate Governance Report and the Report on Directors’ Remuneration reflect the Company’s compliance with the nine 
provisions of the 2008 FRC Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, and we report if it does not. We are 
not required to consider whether the Board’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the 
Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures. 

We read the other information contained in the Annual Report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial statements. The other 
information comprises only the Directors’ Report, the Chairman’s Statement, the Chief Executive’s Review, the Divisional Review, the Financial Review, the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties, the Corporate Responsibility Review, the Corporate Governance Report and the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. 
We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial 
statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any other information. 

Basis of Audit Opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board. An audit 
includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It also includes an assessment  
of the significant estimates and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies 
are appropriate to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, consistently applied and adequately disclosed. 

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with 
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other 
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements. 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

49

Opinion 

In our opinion:

 •

 •

 •

 the Group Financial Statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, of the state of the Group’s affairs  
as at 24 September 2010 and of its profit for the year then ended;

 the Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice in Ireland, of the state  
of the Company’s affairs as at 24 September 2010;

 the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009 and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation; and

 •

 the Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Acts 1963 to 2009. 

Other Matters

We have obtained all the information and explanations which we consider necessary for the purposes of our audit. In our opinion proper books  
of account have been kept by the Company. The Company Balance Sheet is in agreement with the books of account.

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report is consistent with the financial statements.

The net assets of the Company, as stated in the Company Balance Sheet, are more than half of the amount of its called-up share capital and, in our 
opinion, on that basis there did not exist at 24 September 2010 a financial situation which under Section 40 (1) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 
1983 would require the convening of an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

Chartered Accountants 
Registered Auditor 

Dublin, Ireland
9 December 2010

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
50 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010

Statement of Compliance

The Group Financial Statements of Greencore Group plc have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)  
and their interpretations approved by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) as adopted by the European Union (EU) and those parts  
of the Companies Acts, 1963 to 2009, applicable to companies reporting under IFRS and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements for the year ended 24 September 2010 are set out below. 

The IFRS adopted by the EU and applied by the Group in the preparation of these Financial Statements are those that were effective for the accounting 
period ending 24 September 2010.

Basis of Preparation

The Group Financial Statements, which are presented in euro, rounded to the nearest thousand (unless otherwise stated), have been prepared under 
the historical cost convention, as modified by the measurement at fair value of certain financial assets and financial liabilities including available for sale 
financial assets and derivative financial instruments. The carrying values of recognised assets and liabilities that are hedged are adjusted to record the 
changes in the fair values attributable to the risks that are being hedged. Share options and share awards granted to employees are recognised at fair 
value at the date of grant.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by all the Group’s subsidiaries and associates and have been consistently applied 
to all years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The preparation of the Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets  
and liabilities, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results 
ultimately may differ from those estimates.

The Financial Statements of the Group are prepared for a 52 week period ended 24 September 2010. Comparatives are for the 52 week period ended  
25 September 2009. The Balance Sheets for 2010 and 2009 have been prepared as at 24 September 2010 and 25 September 2009 respectively.

The profit attributable to equity shareholders dealt with in the Financial Statements of the Company was ¤6.442m (2009: ¤32.410m). In accordance 
with section 148(8) of the Companies Act, 1963 and section 7(1A) of the Companies Amendment Act, 1986, the Company is availing of the exemption 
from presenting its individual profit and loss account, which forms part of the approved Financial Statements, to the Annual General Meeting and from 
filing it with the Registrar of Companies.

New Standards and Interpretations

IFRS 8 Operating Segments has been applied for the first time in identifying the Group’s reportable segments in the preparation of the Group Financial 
Statements for the year ended 24 September 2010. This has resulted in a change to the reportable segments presented by the Group as set out in Note 1. 

The amendment to IAS 40 Investment Property (resulting from the 2008 Annual Improvements to IFRSs) has been applied for the first time in the 
preparation of the Group Financial Statements the year ended 24 September 2010. This amendment changed the scope of the standard to include 
property being constructed or developed for future use as investment property. As a result, the Group’s land subject to remediation has been 
reclassified to investment property as set out in Note 15. 

IFRS 3 Business Combinations (2008) has been applied for the first time in accounting for business combinations that occur after 26 September 2009. 
The change in accounting policy has been applied prospectively and did not have any significant impact on the Group Financial Statements as there 
were no business combinations during the year ended 24 September 2010.

The adoption of the other new standards (as set out in the 2009 Annual Report) that became effective for the Group’s Financial Statements for the year 
ended 24 September 2010 did not have any significant impact on the Group Financial Statements.

The following interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) are effective for the first time in the 
current financial year and have been adopted with no significant impact on the Group’s result for the period or financial position:

IFRIC 15 

IFRIC 16 

IFRIC 17 

IFRIC 18 

 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate 

 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation 

 Distributions of Non-Cash Assets to Owners 

 Transfers of Assets from Customers 

1 January 2009

1 October 2008

1 July 2009

1 July 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

51

The IASB and the IFRIC have issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of the Group Financial Statements, 
which the Group has not early adopted:

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Standards 

 Effective Date – periods beginning on or after

IFRS 2 

IFRS 3 

IFRS 5 

IFRS 7 

IFRS 8 

IFRS 9 

IAS 1 

IAS 7 

IAS 17 

IAS 24 

IAS 27 

IAS 34 

IAS 32 

IAS 36 

IAS 39 

Share-Based Payments 
– Amendments relating to group cash-settled share-based payment transactions 

Business Combinations 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Disclosures  
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 
– Amendments enhancing disclosures about transfers of financial assets   

Operating Segments  
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement  
(Not yet adopted by the EU) 

Presentation of Financial Statements  
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Statement of Cash Flows 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Leases 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Related Party Disclosures 
– Revised definition of related parties 

Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Interim Financial Reporting 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Presentation – amendments 
– Amendments relating to classification of rights issues 

Impairment of Assets 
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement – amendments  
– Amendments resulting from 2009 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

New/Revised International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 

IFRIC 13 

IFRIC 14 

IFRIC 19 

Customer Loyalty Programmes 
– Amendments resulting from 2010 Annual Improvements to IFRSs 

Amendments to IAS 19  
– The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction 

Extinguishing Financial Liabilities with Equity Instruments 
(Not yet adopted by the EU) 

1 January 2010

1 July 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2011 
1 July 2011

1 January 2010 

1 January 2013

1 January 2010 
1 January 2011

1 January 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2011

1 July 2010

1 January 2011

1 February 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2010

1 January 2011

1 January 2011

1 July 2010

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of the above standards and interpretations issued by the IASB or the IFRIC will not have a material impact on 
the Group Financial Statements.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

Basis of consolidation

The Group Financial Statements comprise the Financial Statements of the parent undertaking and its subsidiary undertakings, together with the 
Group’s share of the results of associated undertakings.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiary undertakings are included in the Group Financial Statements from the date on which control over the operating and financial policies is 
obtained, and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power, 
directly or indirectly, to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain economic benefits from its activities. The existence  
and effect of potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in determining the existence or otherwise of control.  
All inter-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group undertakings are eliminated on consolidation. Unrealised 
losses are also eliminated except where they provide evidence of impairment.

Associates
An associate is an enterprise over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence through participation in the financial and operating  
policy decisions of the investee, but which is not a subsidiary or a jointly controlled entity.

The Group’s share of the results, assets and liabilities of an associate are included in the Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting.  
Under the equity method of accounting, the investment in the associate is carried in the Balance Sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the 
Group’s share of net assets of the associate, less distributions received, less any impairments in the value of the investment. The Group Income 
Statement reflects the Group’s share of the results after tax of the associate. The Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense reflects the  
Group’s share of any income and expense recognised by the associate outside of profit or loss. 

Unrealised gains on the sale of assets between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.  
Such gains are deducted from the Group’s equity, carried as deferred income and released to the Group Income Statement over the same period  
as depreciation is charged. Unrealised losses are also eliminated, unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. 
When the Group’s share of losses of an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the Group does not recognise further losses unless  
the Group has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. The Group ceases to use the equity method of accounting on the  
date from which it no longer has significant influence over the associate, or when the interest becomes held for sale. 

Revenue Recognition

Revenue represents the fair value of the sale of goods and rendering of services to external customers, net of trade discounts and value added tax  
in the ordinary course of the Group’s activities. Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when significant risks and rewards of ownership of the 
goods are transferred to the buyer, it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, 
which generally arises on delivery or in accordance with specific terms and conditions agreed with customers. Revenue from the rendering of services  
is recognised in the period in which the services are rendered on the basis of services provided.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is shown at cost less depreciation and any impairments. The cost of property, plant and equipment comprises its 
purchase price and any directly attributable costs. 

Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost less residual value of each item of property, plant and equipment during its expected useful life using 
the straight line method over the following periods:

Freehold and long leasehold buildings 
Plant, machinery, equipment, fixtures and fittings 
Freehold land is not depreciated

40 – 50 years
3 – 25 years

Useful lives and residual values are reassessed annually.

Subsequent costs incurred relating to specific assets are included in an asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate,  
only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  
All other costs are charged to the Income Statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

The carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When the carrying amount exceeds the estimated recoverable amount, the assets are written down  
to their recoverable amount. 

 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

53

The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, 
estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time  
value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses are recognised in the Income Statement. 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist  
or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there 
has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, 
the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have 
been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the Income 
Statement. Following the recognition or reversal of an impairment loss, the depreciation charge applicable to the asset is adjusted prospectively in order 
to systematically allocate the revised carrying amount, net of any residual value, over the remaining useful life. 

Gains or losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment represent the difference between the net proceeds and the carrying value at the date  
of sale. 

Assets Held Under Leases
Finance Leases
Leases of property, plant and equipment, where the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. 
Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at the lower of the fair value of the leased item and the present value of the minimum lease 
payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges so as to achieve a constant interest charge on the finance balance 
outstanding. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in interest-bearing loans and borrowings, allocated between 
current and non-current as appropriate. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the Income Statement over the lease period. Assets held 
under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of their expected useful lives or the lease term, taking into account the time period over which 
benefits from the leased assets are expected to accrue to the Group.

Operating Leases
Leases, where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor, are classified as operating leases. Payments made 
under operating leases, net of incentives received from the lessor, are charged to the Income Statement on a straight line basis over the period of the 
lease. Income earned from operating leases is credited to the Income Statement when earned.

Business Combinations
Acquisitions on or after 26 September 2009
The purchase method of accounting is used in accounting for the acquisition of businesses. In accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, the cost 
of a business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of assets given and liabilities incurred or assumed  
in exchange for control. The assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquired entity are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. 
When the initial accounting for a business combination is determined provisionally, any adjustments to the provisional values allocated are made within 
twelve months of the acquisition date and are effected prospectively from the date of acquisition.

Where a business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group  
accrues the probable amount of any additional consideration payable in the cost of the acquisition as a liability at the acquisition date where this  
can be measured reliably. This amount is reassessed at each subsequent balance sheet date with any adjustments to the liability recognised in the 
Income Statement. 

To the extent that deferred purchase consideration and earn-out obligations are payable after one year from the date of acquisition, they are  
discounted at an appropriate interest rate and, accordingly, are carried at net present value in the Group Balance Sheet. An appropriate interest  
charge, at a constant interest rate on the carrying amount, adjusted to reflect material conditions, is reflected in the Income Statement over the 
earn-out period, increasing the value of the provision so that the obligation will reflect its settlement value at the time of maturity. 

Acquisitions on or before 25 September 2009
Where a business combination occurred on or before 25 September 2009 and the business combination agreement provides for an adjustment to the 
cost of a business acquired contingent on future events, the Group accrued the probable amount of any additional consideration payable in the cost of 
the acquisition as a liability at the acquisition date where this could be measured reliably. This amount is reassessed at each subsequent balance sheet 
date with any adjustments to the liability accounted for as adjustments to the cost of the acquisition and reflected in goodwill.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
54 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

Goodwill
Acquisitions on or after 26 September 2009
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the cost of the acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition)  
is credited to the Income Statement in the period of acquisition.

Acquisitions on or before 25 September 2009
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary 
at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the cost of the acquisition (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited  
to the Income Statement in the period of acquisition. Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the 
Group incurred in connection with business combinations were capitalised as part of the cost of acquisition. 

Subsequent Measurement 
Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. On acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-
generating units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

Goodwill arising on investments in associates is included in the carrying amount of the investment and any impairment of the goodwill is included  
in income from associates.

Acquisition Related Intangible Assets

An intangible asset, which is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance, is capitalised separately from goodwill as part of a business 
combination to the extent that it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will accrue to the Group and that its 
fair value can be measured reliably. The asset is deemed to be identifiable when it is separable (i.e. capable of being divided from the entity and sold, 
transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, either individually or together with a related contract, asset or liability) or when it arises from contractual  
or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable from the Group or from other rights and obligations.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.  
The carrying amounts of definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for indicators of impairment at each reporting date and are subject to impairment 
testing when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. Any impairment charge is taken to the 
Income Statement.

The amortisation of intangible assets is calculated to write off the book value of definite-lived intangible assets over their useful lives on a straight line 
basis on the assumption of zero residual value. Customer related intangible assets are amortised over periods ranging from twelve to fifteen years.  
Non-customer related intangible assets, such as brands, are amortised over periods between three and ten years.

Computer Software

Costs incurred on the acquisition of computer software and software licences are capitalised. Other costs directly associated with developing  
and maintaining computer software programmes are capitalised once the recognition criteria set out in IAS 38 Intangible Assets are met.  
Computer software is amortised over five years.

Investments

Financial fixed assets (other than cash equivalents, loans and receivables and derivatives) are classified as available for sale and are initially  
recognised at fair value, and fair valued at each balance sheet date. Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of investments 
classified as available for sale are recognised within equity in the available for sale investment reserve. When such investments are sold or impaired,  
the accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the Income Statement within finance income or costs as gains or losses from investments. 
Impairments are recognised in finance costs when a diminution in value is deemed to be significant and prolonged.

Available for sale financial assets are classified as non-current assets, unless they are expected to be realised within twelve months of the balance  
sheet date.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

55

Investment Property

Investment property is shown at cost less depreciation and any impairment. The cost of investment property comprises its purchase price and any 
costs directly attributable to bringing it into working condition for its intended use. Investment property is depreciated so as to write off the cost,  
less residual value, on a straight-line basis over the expected life of each property. Freehold buildings held as investment property are depreciated  
over their expected useful life, normally assumed to be 40-50 years. Freehold land is not depreciated. 

Rental income arising on investment property is accounted for on a straight-line basis over the lease term of the ongoing leases and is recognised  
within other income.

In relation to the recognition of income on the disposal of property, income is recognised when there is an unconditional exchange of contracts,  
or when all necessary terms and conditions have been fulfilled.

Discontinued Operations and Non-Current Assets Held for Sale

A discontinued operation is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of, abandoned, or is classified as held for sale and: 

 •

 •

 •

represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operation; or

is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operation; or

is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal, abandonment, or when the operations meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale.

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair value less costs to sell. 
Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than 
continued use. This condition is regarded as satisfied only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate 
sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale  
within one year of the date of classification. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated  
or amortised.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated based on first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average  
as appropriate. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour expenses and related production and other overheads. Net realisable value is the  
estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less costs to completion and appropriate selling and distribution expenses.

Trade and Other Receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried net of provision for impairment. A provision is made when 
there is objective evidence that the Group will be unable to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed 
as being remote.

Any trade and other receivables included in non-current assets are carried at amortised cost (i.e. adjusted for the time value of money).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost. Cash and cash equivalents include  
cash in hand, deposits held on call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash,  
are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less. 

Trade and Other Payables

Trade and other payables are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently at the higher of cost or payment or settlement amounts. Where the time 
value of money is material, payables are carried at amortised cost.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
56 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of 
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of 
obligation as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligation 
may be small.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset, but only when the 
reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the Income Statement net of any reimbursement.

A contingent liability is disclosed where the existence of an obligation will only be confirmed by future events, or where the amount of the obligation 
cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not recognised, but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits  
is probable.

Borrowings

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the proceeds net of issue costs associated with the borrowing. After initial 
recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Amortised cost is 
calculated by taking into account any issue costs and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses arising on the settlement or cancellation 
of liabilities are recognised in finance income and finance costs as appropriate.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months 
after the balance sheet date.

Finance Income and Expense

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available for sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal  
of available for sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and gains on hedging instruments 
that are recognised in profit or loss. 

Interest income is recognised as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognised in profit or loss on the 
date that the Group’s right to receive payment is established. 

Finance expense comprises interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on liabilities, impairment losses recognised on financial  
assets and losses on hedging instruments that are recognised in profit or loss. All borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss using the effective 
interest method. 

Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities
Financial Assets
A financial asset is derecognised when the Group no longer controls the contractual rights that comprise the financial asset, which is normally the case 
when the asset is sold or the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, and the Group has not retained substantially all risks and rewards 
of ownership and has transferred control of the asset. 

Financial Liabilities
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability  
is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an 
exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability, and the recognition of a new liability with the result that the difference  
in the respective carrying amounts, together with any costs or fees incurred, is recognised in the Income Statement.

Derivative Financial Instruments 

The activities of the Group expose it to the financial risks of changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The Group uses derivative financial 
instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements to hedge these exposures.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured 
at fair value. 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

57

Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative. Derivative instruments which are not 
designated as effective hedging instruments (i.e. trading derivatives) are classified as a current asset or liability regardless of maturity. The full fair  
value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than twelve months  
and as a current asset or liability if the maturity of the hedged item is less than twelve months.

The fair value of derivative instruments is determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgement to select the most appropriate 
valuation methods and makes assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at the balance sheet date.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. This 
documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how hedge effectiveness  
will be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash  
flows of hedged items.

For the purposes of hedge accounting, derivatives are classified as:

 •

 •

 •

fair value hedges, when hedging the exposure of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability; or

cash flow hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that are either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised 
asset or liability, or a highly probable forecast transaction; or

 net investment hedges, when hedging the exposure to variability in foreign currency when translating investments in subsidiaries held in currencies 
other than the presentation currency of the Group. 

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of all other derivatives which are classified as held for trading are taken to the Income 
Statement and charged to finance income or expense. These may arise from derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied because they  
are not designated as hedging instruments. The Group does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

The treatment of gains and losses arising from remeasuring derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the nature of the hedging 
relationship, as follows:

Fair Value Hedge
In the case of fair value hedges which are designated and qualify for hedge accounting, any gain or loss arising from the remeasurement of the hedging 
instrument to fair value is reported in the Income Statement as finance costs. In addition, any fair value gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk  
is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and reflected in the Income Statement as finance costs. If the hedge no longer meets the 
criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised on an effective interest basis to the Income 
Statement with the objective of achieving full amortisation by maturity of the hedged item.

Cash Flow Hedge
Where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability, or a highly probable 
forecast transaction, the effective part of any gain or loss on the derivative financial instrument is recognised within equity in the hedging reserve,  
with the ineffective portion being reported in the Income Statement as finance costs. When a highly probable forecast transaction results in the 
recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the cumulative gain or loss is removed from the hedging reserve in equity and included in the initial 
measurement of the non-financial asset or liability. Otherwise, the associated gains and losses that had previously been recognised within equity  
in the hedging reserve are transferred to the Income Statement as the cash flows of the hedged item impact the Income Statement. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.  
At that point in time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised within equity in the hedging reserve is kept in the hedging 
reserve until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer anticipated to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised  
within equity in the hedging reserve is transferred immediately to the Income Statement as finance costs.

Net Investment Hedge
Foreign currency differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation  
are recognised directly in equity in the foreign currency translation reserve, to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent that the hedge  
is ineffective, such differences are recognised in profit or loss. When the hedged part of a net investment is disposed of, the associated cumulative 
amount in equity is transferred to profit or loss as an adjustment to the profit or loss on disposal.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
58 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

Taxation

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantially enacted  
at the balance sheet date, along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

The Group provides in full for deferred tax assets and liabilities (using the liability method), arising from temporary differences between the tax base  
of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Financial Statements except where they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill or from 
the initial recognition of an asset or liability that at the date of initial recognition does not affect accounting or taxable profit or loss on a transaction  
that is not a business combination. Such differences result in an obligation to pay more tax or a right to pay less tax in future periods. A deferred tax 
asset is only recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences giving rise to the  
asset can be utilised. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not subject to discounting and are measured at the tax rates that are anticipated to apply in the year in which the 
asset is realised or the liability settled. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Employee Benefits

Wages, salaries, bonuses, social security contributions, paid annual leave and sick leave are accrued in the period in which the associated services are 
rendered by the employees of the Group. Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement 
date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is 
demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without the possibility of 
withdrawal, or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Retirement Benefit Obligations
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate defined contribution scheme. Obligations 
for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Income Statement as employee service is received. Prepaid 
contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans
The cost of providing benefits under the Group’s defined benefit plans is determined separately for each plan, using the projected unit credit method by 
professionally qualified actuaries and arrived at using actuarial assumptions based on market expectations at the balance sheet date. These valuations 
attribute entitlement benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost), and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present 
value of defined benefit obligations). Past service costs are recognised in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, or 
immediately if the benefits have vested. When a settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future 
obligations as a result of a material reduction in the scheme membership or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation and related plan 
assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement during the period  
in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from the passage of time,  
and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of the benefit obligation taking into account material changes in the 
obligation during the year. The expected return on plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the year of long-term market 
returns on scheme assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year.  
The expected return on plan assets and the interest cost is recognised in the Income Statement as finance income and cost respectively.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised, in full, in the Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense in the period in which they occur.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Balance Sheet comprises the total, for each plan, of the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation (using a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds), less any past service cost not yet recognised, less the fair value of plan  
assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information, and in the case of quoted securities 
is the published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit asset is the present value of any economic benefit the Group reasonably expects  
to recover by way of refund of surplus from the plan at the end of the plan’s life or reduction in future contributions to the plan.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

59

Employee Share-Based Payments

The Group grants equity settled share-based payments to employees (through Executive Share Option Schemes, Employee Sharesave Schemes and  
a Deferred Bonus Plan). The fair value of these payments is determined at the date of grant and is expensed to the Income Statement on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period. The fair value is determined using a trinomial valuation model, as measured at the date of grant, excluding the impact of 
any non-market conditions. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each 
balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options or awards that are expected to vest, recognising any adjustment in the 
Income Statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

To the extent that the Group receives a tax deduction relating to services paid for by means of share awards or options, deferred tax is provided on the 
basis of the difference between the market price of the underlying equity as at the date of the Financial Statements and the exercise price of the option. 
As a result, the deferred tax impact of share options will not directly correlate with the expense reported in the Income Statement. To the extent that the 
deductible difference exceeds the cumulative charge to the Income Statement, it is recorded in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense.

Proceeds received from the exercise of options, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to the share capital and share  
premium accounts.

Foreign Currency
Functional and Presentation Currency
The individual Financial Statements of each Group entity are measured in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the  
entity operates (the functional currency). The Group Financial Statements are presented in euro, which is the Company’s functional and  
presentation currency.

Transactions and Balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions, and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the Income Statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying net investment 
hedges and qualifying cash flow hedges.

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets, such as equities classified as available for sale, are included in the available for sale  
reserve in equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and are 
translated at the closing rate.

Group Companies
The Income Statement and Balance Sheet of Group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated 
into the presentation currency as follows:

 •

 •

assets and liabilities at each balance sheet date are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet;

income and expenses in the Income Statement are translated at the rates at the date of the transaction, normally estimated using average exchange 
rates; and 

 •

all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations and on borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to equity. When a foreign operation is sold, exchange differences that were recorded 
in equity are recognised in the Income Statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Government Grants

Government grants for the acquisition of assets are recognised at their fair value when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received  
and any conditions attached to them have been fulfilled. The grant is held on the Balance Sheet as a deferred credit and released to the Income 
Statement over the periods necessary to match the related depreciation charges, or other expenses of the asset, as they are incurred.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
60 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

Research and Development

Expenditure on research and development is recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. An asset is recognised only when all the 
conditions set out in IAS 38 Intangible Assets are met.

Segmental Reporting

The Group reports segmental information by class of business and by geographical area. The Group’s primary reporting segment, for which more 
detailed disclosures are made is by class of business. On adoption of IFRS 8, the Group identified three reportable segments: (i) Convenience Foods,  
(ii) Ingredients & Property and (iii) Malt. Refer to Note 1 for further information. 

Exceptional Items

Exceptional items are those that are separately disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount in order to highlight such items within the Group Income 
Statement and results for the year. Examples of such items may include significant restructuring programmes, profits or losses on termination of 
operations, litigation costs and settlements and significant impairments of assets. Group management exercises judgement in assessing each particular 
item which, by virtue of their scale or nature, should be highlighted and disclosed in the Group Income Statement and notes to the Group Financial 
Statements as exceptional items. Exceptional items are included within the Income Statement caption to which they relate and are separately disclosed  
in the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

Minority Interests

The interest of minority shareholders is stated at the minorities’ proportion of the fair values of the assets and liabilities recognised. Subsequently,  
any losses applicable to the minority interest in excess of the minority interest balance are allocated against the interest of the parent.

Share Capital
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are taken as a deduction within 
equity, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Treasury Shares
Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from total shareholders’ equity and classified  
as treasury shares until such shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received  
is included in total shareholders’ equity.

Dividends

Interim dividends payable are recognised as a liability of the Company when the Board of Directors resolves to pay the dividend and the shareholders 
have been notified in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. Final dividends of the Company are recognised as a liability when they 
have been approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

Group management makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future in the preparation of the Group Financial Statements, which can 
significantly impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. The significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Group’s 
Financial Statements are outlined in the relevant notes.

Group Income Statement
year ended 24 September 2010

  exceptional 
¤’000 

Notes 

2010 
Pre–  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
¤’000 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

61

2009 As re-presented* 

Total  exceptional 
¤’000 

¤’000 

Pre-  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating costs, net 

1  855,952 
(569,193) 

–  855,952 
(569,193) 
– 

800,894 
(519,109) 

– 
(1,490) 

800,894
(520,599)

  286,759 

–  286,759 

281,785 

(1,490) 

280,295

2 

(227,071) 

– 

(227,071) 

(231,029) 

(23,143) 

(254,172)

Group operating profit/(loss) 

before acquisition related amortisation 

59,688 

Amortisation of acquisition related intangibles 

13 

(2,364) 

Group operating profit/(loss) 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates after tax 

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

Taxation 

57,324 

7 
7 
8 

26,153 
(53,665) 
513 

30,325 

9 

(5,415) 

Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations 

24,910 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

59,688 

50,756 

(24,633) 

26,123 

(2,364) 

(2,101) 

– 

(2,101)

57,324 

48,655 

(24,633) 

24,022

26,153 
(53,665) 
513 

32,121 
(79,962) 
437 

– 
– 
– 

32,121
(79,962)
437

30,325 

1,251 

(24,633) 

(23,382)

(5,415) 

(3,214) 

3,353 

139

24,910 

(1,963) 

(21,280) 

(23,243)

Discontinued operations 
Result from discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the financial period 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Minority interests 

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cent) 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

10 

3 

30 

11 

11 

7,297 

2,253 

9,550 

18,784 

(3,950) 

14,834

32,207 

2,253 

34,460 

16,821 

(25,230) 

(8,409)

31,617 
590 

2,253 
– 

33,870 
590 

32,207 

2,253 

34,460 

15,332 
1,489 

16,821 

(25,230) 
– 

(9,898)
1,489

(25,230) 

(8,409)

11.9 
4.7 

16.6 

11.7 
4.6 

16.3 

(12.2)
7.3

(4.9)

(12.2)
7.3

(4.9)

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

EF Sullivan 
Director 

GP Doherty 
Director   

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
62 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 
year ended 24 September 2010

Items of income and expense taken directly within equity 
Currency translation differences 
Current tax on currency translation differences 
Currency translation differences recycled to Income Statement on disposal 
Hedge of net investment in foreign currency subsidiaries   
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension schemes   
Deferred tax on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Cash flow hedges: 

Gain/(loss) taken to equity 
Transferred to Income Statement for the period 

Deferred tax on cash flow hedges 
Cash flow hedge losses recycled to Income Statement on disposal 

Net expense recognised directly within equity 
Group result for the financial period 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Attributable to: 
Equity shareholders 
Minority interests 

Total recognised income and expense for the financial year 

Notes 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

9 
35 

28 
9 

9 
35 

3,450 
(1,520) –
7,232 –
286 
(28,791) 
4,223 

61 
1,766 
(497) 
108 –

(5,391)

679
(49,431)
13,218

(1,691)
1,594
(65)

(13,682) 
34,460 

(41,087)
(8,409)

20,778 

(49,496)

20,188 
590 

(50,985)
1,489

20,778 

(49,496)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Balance Sheet
at 24 September 2010

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Investments in associates 
Other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Total assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders of the Company   
Share capital 
Share premium 
Reserves 

Minority interest in equity 

Total equity 

LIABILITIES 
Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Retirement benefit obligations 
Other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Government grants 

Total non-current liabilities 

Current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions for liabilities 
Current taxes payable 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

EF Sullivan 
Director 

GP Doherty 
Director 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

63

Notes 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

13  404,555 
217,532 
14 
37,916 
15 
682 
19 
6,310 –
17 
19,220 
23 
46,284 
26 

404,305
319,233
710
638

16,358
42,993

732,499 

784,237

16 
17 
23 
21 

39,549 
64,537 
2,486 –
11,707 

82,369
95,562

43,933

118,279 

221,864

  850,778 

1,006,101

29 

30 

22 
28 
18 
25 
26 
27 

22 
23 
18 
25 

132,661 
121,162 
(77,820) 

176,003 
2,881 

131,250
119,623
(82,156)

168,717
3,591

178,884 

172,308

185,415 
118,442 
5,193 
3,950 
43,842 
114 

343,769
99,859
6,924
6,188
47,648
1,096

356,956 

505,484

41,401 
18,894 
218,126 
8,297 
28,220 

21
27,237
262,845
11,288
26,918

314,938 

328,309

671,894 

833,793

  850,778 

1,006,101

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Cash Flow Statement 
year ended 24 September 2010  

Profit/(loss) before taxation 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates (after tax) 
Exceptional items – continuing 

Operating profit – continuing (pre-exceptional) 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Employee share option expense 
Amortisation of government grants 
Difference between pension charge and cash contributions 
Working capital movement 
Other movements 

Net cash inflow from operating activities before exceptional items 
Cash outflow related to exceptional items 
Interest paid 
Tax paid 
Operating cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Dividends received from associates 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of investment property 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Acquisition of undertakings and purchase of minority interest 
Disposal of undertakings and investment in associate 
Interest received 
Government grants received, net 
Investing cash flows from discontinued operations 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities 
Ordinary shares purchased – own shares 
Drawdown of new bank facilities 
Decrease in bank borrowings 
Repayment of Private Placement Notes 
Decrease in finance lease liabilities 
Cash outflow arising from derivative financial instruments  
Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company 
Dividends paid to minority interests 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

Reconciliation of opening to closing cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

2009 
As re- 

Notes 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

30,325 
(26,153) 
53,665 
(513) 
– 

57,324 
19,419 
3,914 
1,731 
(38) 
(10,242) 
24,642 
187 

96,937 
(6,502) 
(28,863) 
(1,286) 
(13,632) 

(23,382)
(32,121)
79,962
(437)
24,633

48,655
19,001
3,402
910
(116)
(8,151)
8,806
3,005

75,512
(21,210)
(30,317)
(367)
18,253

46,654 

41,871

537 
(23,503) 
(1,146) –

– 
(2,918) 
104,772 
1,000 
– 
(2,832) 

75,910 

901
(23,269)

(6,795)
(4,940)
2,944
2,465
159
(10,556)

(39,091)

(2,000) –
113,908 
(196,306) 
(50,118) –
(19) 
(9,595) –
(12,441) 
(1,300) 

261,500
(318,604)

(60)

(24,998)
(1,530)

(157,871) 

(83,692)

(35,307) 

(80,912)

31 

31 

10 

19 

27 
10 

24 
24 
24 
24 

30 

21 
24 
24 

21 

43,933 
3,081 
(35,307) 

139,040
(14,195)
(80,912)

11,707 

43,933

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

65

Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
year ended 24 September 2010  

At 25 September 2009 
Items of income and expense taken 

directly within equity 

Share 
capital 
¤’000 

Share 
premium 
¤’000 

Other 
reserves 
¤’000 

Retained 
earnings 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000 

Minority 
interest 
¤’000 

Total 
equity 
¤’000

131,250 

119,623 

(29,552) 

(52,604) 

168,717 

3,591 

172,308

Currency translation differences 
Current tax on currency translation differences 
Tax on translation of cash flow hedge reserve 
Currency translation differences recycled to Income Statement 

on disposal of foreign operation 

Net investment hedge 
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension schemes   
Deferred tax asset on Group defined benefit pension schemes 
Cash flow hedges 

fair value gains in period 
tax on fair value losses 
transfers to Income Statement 
tax on transfers to Income Statement 
recycled to Income Statement on disposal of operation 

Profit for the financial period 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Employee share option expense 
Settlement of grant 
Transfer on exercise, lapse or forfeit of share options 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Issue of shares 
Dividends 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,411 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,539 
– 

3,450 
– 
14 

7,232 
286 
– 
– 

61 
(17) 
1,766 
(494) 
108 
– 

1,731 
(127) 
(298) 
(2,000) 
– 
– 

– 
(1,520) 
– 

3,450 
(1,520) 
14 

– 
– 
(28,791) 
4,223 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
33,870 

– 
– 
298 
– 
– 
(15,456) 

7,232 
286 
(28,791) 
4,223 

61 
(17) 
1,766 
(494) 
108 
33,870 

1,731 
(127) 
– 
(2,000) 
2,950 
(15,456) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
590 

3,450
(1,520)
14

7,232
286
(28,791)
4,223

61
(17)
1,766
(494)
108
34,460

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(1,300) 

1,731
(127)
–

(2,000) 
2,950
(16,756)

At 24 September 2010 

132,661 

121,162 

(17,840) 

(59,980) 

176,003 

2,881 

178,884

At 26 September 2008 
Items of income and expense taken 

directly within equity 

Currency translation differences 
Net investment hedge 
Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit pension schemes   
Deferred tax asset on Group defined

benefit pension schemes 

Cash flow hedges

fair value losses in period 
tax on fair value losses 
transfers to Income Statement 
tax on transfers to Income Statement 
Tax on translation of cash flow hedge reserve 
Loss for the financial period 

Employee share option expense 
Transfer on exercise, forfeit or lapse of share options

that have vested 

Own Share Reserve reclassification (b) 
Issue of shares 
Dividends 
Acquisition of minority interests 

At 25 September 2009 

Share 
capital 
¤’000 

Share 
premium 
¤’000 

Other 
reserves 
¤’000 

Retained 
earnings 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000 

Minority 
interest 
¤’000 

Total 
equity 
¤’000

129,641 

118,961 

(4,417) 

(4,947) 

239,238 

4,816 

244,054

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

(5,391) 
679 
– 

– 
– 
(49,431) 

(5,391) 
679 
(49,431) 

– 

13,218 

13,218 

(1,691) 
473 
1,594 
(446) 
(92) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(9,898) 

(1,691) 
473 
1,594 
(446) 
(92) 
(9,898) 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,489 

(5,391)
679
(49,431)

13,218

(1,691)
473
1,594
(446)
(92)
(8,409)

910 

– 

910 

– 

910

– 
– 
1,609 
– 
– 

– 
– 
662 
– 
– 

(528) 
(20,643) 
– 
– 
– 

528 
20,643 
– 
(22,717) 
– 

– 
– 
2,271 
(22,717) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(1,530) 
(1,184) 

–
–
2,271
(24,247)
(1,184)

131,250 

119,623 

(29,552) 

(52,604) 

168,717 

3,591 

172,308

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)  

Other reserves

Employee share option expense 
Transfer on exercise, lapse or forfeit of share options 
Settlement of grant 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 

1,731 
(298) 
(127) 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(2,000) 

At 24 September 2010 

3,063 

(23,443) 

934 

1,606 

(17,840)

At 25 September 2009 
Items of income and expense taken directly within equity 
Currency translation differences 
Tax on translation of cash flow hedge reserve 
Currency translation differences recycled to Income Statement

on disposal of foreign operation 

Net investment hedge 
Cash flow hedges 

fair value losses in period 
tax on fair value losses 
transfers to Income Statement 
tax on transfers to Income Statement 
recycled to Income Statement on disposal of operation 

At 26 September 2008 
Items of income and expense taken directly within equity   
Currency translation differences 
Tax on translation of cash flow hedge reserve 
Net investment hedge 
Cash flow hedges 

fair value losses in year 
tax on fair value losses 
transfers to Income Statement 
tax on transfers to Income Statement 

Employee share option/awards expense 
Transfer on exercise, forfeit or lapse of share options 
2008 Deferred Bonus Plan expense reclassification 
Own Shares Reserve reclassification (b) 

At 25 September 2009 

Share 
options 
¤’000 

Own 
shares 
¤’000 

Capital 
conversion 
reserve 
fund 
¤’000 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
¤’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

1,757 

(21,443) 

934 

(1,385) 

(9,415) 

(29,552)

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(53) 
14 

3,503 
– 

– 
– 

7,232 
286 

61 
(17) 
1,766 
(494) 
108 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
options 
¤’000 

Own 
shares 
¤’000 

Capital 
conversion 
reserve 
fund 
¤’000 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
¤’000 

Hedging 
reserve 
¤’000 

982 

(407) 

934 

(1,550) 

(4,376) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

910 
(528) 
393 
– 

1,757 

– 
– 
(393) 
(20,643) 

(21,443) 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

327 
(92) 
– 

(1,691) 
473 
1,594 
(446) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(5,718) 
– 
679 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

934 

(1,385) 

(9,415) 

(29,552)

3,450
14

7,232
286

61
(17)
1,766
(494)
108

1,731
(298)
(127)
(2,000)

Total 
¤’000

(4,417)

(5,391)
(92)
679

(1,691)
473
1,594
(446)

910
(528)
–
(20,643)

(a)  Pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan, 1,425,832 shares were purchased by the Trustees of the Plan in the financial year ended 24 September 2010 at a cost of ¤2.0m. 

These shares are included in the Balance Sheet at cost of ¤2.0m. 

(b)  In 1998, the Company re-purchased ordinary shares as set out in Note 29. A number of these shares were re-issued in 2004 and 2005. The reserve arising on the re-purchase  

of these ordinary shares in 1998 less the cost of the re-issue of the shares in 2004 and 2005 was reclassified to the Own Shares Reserve from Retained Earnings. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

67

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010

1. Segment Information
On adoption of IFRS 8, the Group identified three reportable segments: (i) Convenience Foods, (ii) Ingredients & Property and (iii) Malt. In the Annual 
Report for the year ended 25 September 2009, the Group presented two primary business segments: (i) Convenience Foods and (ii) Ingredients  
& Related Property. These reportable segments align with the Group’s internal financial reporting system and the manner in which the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker assesses performance and allocates the Group’s resources. The Group is organised around different product portfolios. 

The Convenience Foods reportable segment is the aggregation of two operating segments, Convenience Foods UK and Convenience Foods  
US and the Continent (“International Convenience Foods”). This segment derives its revenue from the production and sale of convenience food.  

Ingredients & Property represents the aggregation of ‘all other segments’ as allowed under IFRS 8 (IFRS 8 specifies that, where the external revenue  
of reportable segments exceeds 75% of the total Group revenue, it is permissible to aggregate all other segments into one reportable segment).  
The Ingredients & Property reportable segment derives its revenue from the distribution of vegetable oils and molasses and the management of the 
Group’s property assets. 

The Malt reportable segment represents the manufacture and sale of malt. 

The Chief Operating Decision Maker monitors the operating results of segments separately in order to allocate resources between segments and  
to assess performance. Segment performance is predominantly evaluated based on operating profit before exceptionals and acquisition related 
amortisation. Net finance costs and income tax are managed on a centralised basis, therefore these items are not allocated between operating 
segments for the purposes of the information presented to the Chief Operating Decision Maker and are accordingly omitted from the segmental 
information below. Intersegment revenue is not material and thus not subject to separate disclosure. 

Comparatives for the year ended 25 September 2009 have been restated to reflect the operating segments reported for the current year. 

During the year, the Group completed the disposal of its Malt business (“Greencore Malt”), its bottled water business (“Greencore Water”) and its  
Dutch based convenience foods business (“Greencore Continental”). In accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued 
Operations, the operations of Greencore Malt, Greencore Water and Greencore Continental are considered to be discontinued. Comparatives have  
been re-presented to reflect discontinued operations.

Total revenue 
Less: Revenue from discontinued 

operations (Note 10) 

Convenience Foods 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

839,743 

794,404 

71,479 

92,246 

90,581 

217,150 

1,001,803 

1,103,800

(55,270) 

(85,756) 

– 

– 

(90,581) 

(217,150) 

(145,851) 

(302,906)

Revenue – continuing operations 

784,473 

708,648 

71,479 

92,246 

– 

–  855,952 

800,894

Total operating profit before exceptional 

items and acquisition related amortisation 

53,999 

46,354 

5,565 

6,073 

8,550 

20,500 

68,114 

72,927

Less: Operating loss/(profit) from 
discontinued operations 

Group operating profit before exceptional 

items and acquisition related amortisation 
– continuing operations 

Amortisation of acquisition related 

intangible assets 

Exceptional items 

Group operating profit/(loss) 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of profit of associates after tax 

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

124 

(1,671) 

– 

– 

(8,550) 

(20,500) 

(8,426) 

(22,171)

54,123 

44,683 

5,565 

6,073 

(2,364) 
– 

(2,101) 
(12,062) 

– 
– 

– 
(12,571) 

51,759 

30,520 

5,565 

(6,498) 

– 

– 

513 

437 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

59,688 

50,756

(2,364) 
– 

57,324 
26,153 
(53,665) 
513 

(2,101)
(24,633)

24,022
32,121
(79,962)
437

30,325 

(23,382)

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

1. Segment Information (continued)

Convenience Foods 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

Segment assets 
Assets 
Investments in associates 

Total assets 

714,646 
– 

718,798 
– 

55,753 
682 

55,166 
638 

714,646 

718,798 

56,435 

55,804 

– 
– 

– 

128,215 
– 

  770,399 
682 

902,179
638

128,215 

  771,081 

902,817 

Reconciliation to Total Assets as Reported in the Group Balance Sheet 
Deferred tax assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets as reported in the Group Balance Sheet 

46,284 
11,707 
21,706 

42,993
43,933
16,358

  850,778 

1,006,101

Convenience Foods 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

Segment liabilities 
Liabilities 

293,644 

247,339 

47,845 

38,996 

– 

86,050 

  341,489 

372,385 

Reconciliation to Total Liabilities as Reported in the Group Balance Sheet 
Borrowings (current and non-current) 
Derivative financial instruments (current and non-current)  
Government grants 
Declared interim dividend 
Interest payable 
Income tax liabilities (current and deferred) 

Total liabilities as reported in the Group Balance Sheet   

226,816 
18,894 
114 
6,199 
6,320 
72,062 

343,790
27,237
1,096
6,133
8,586
74,566

671,894 

833,793

Other Segment Information

Continuing operations 
Capital expenditure 

Depreciation included in segment result 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

Convenience Foods 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

28,920 

22,487 

2,583 

19,146 

3,914 

– 

17,656 

3,402 

62 

273 

– 

– 

3,667 

1,345 

– 

1,579 

31,503 

26,154

19,419 

3,914 

– 

19,001

3,402

1,641

Convenience Foods 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Ingredients & Property 

Malt 
(discontinued) 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

Discontinued operations 
Capital expenditure 

Depreciation included in segment result 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

804 

1,614 

59 

– 

1,612 

2,464 

24 

230 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(417) 

1,625 

2,403 

40 

– 

7,534 

5,309 

118 

– 

2,429 

4,017 

99 

– 

9,146

7,773

142

(187)

Geographical Analysis 
The following is a geographical analysis of the segment information presented above. 

Total revenue 

Capital expenditure 

Segment assets 

Ireland 

UK 

Rest of World 

Total Group

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

96,203 

147,395  782,205 

788,192 

123,395 

168,213 

1,001,803 

1,103,800

2,260 

30,617 

6,164 

27,633 

21,956 

4,039 

7,180 

33,932 

35,300

76,164  689,378 

736,433 

51,086 

90,220 

771,081 

902,817

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. Operating Costs, Net

Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 
Research and development 
Other operating costs 
Other operating income 

Total operating costs, net 
Exceptional charge (Note 6) 

Total operating costs, net 

* 

As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information.

3. Result for the Financial Period
The result for the financial period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following amounts: 

Depreciation: 

Owned assets 
Investment property 
Assets held under finance lease 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating lease rentals: 

Premises, plant and equipment 

Auditor’s remuneration 

Audit of the Group Financial Statements 
Other assurance services 
Tax advisory services 
Other non-audit services 

Government grants released 

Rental income from investment properties 

Directors’ remuneration is shown in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration and in Note 36. 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

69

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

38,375 
185,460 
4,654 
1,635 
(3,053) 

227,071 
– 

227,071 

40,597
189,456
4,439
1,030
(4,493)

231,029
23,143

254,172

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

23,388 
– 
48 

23,436 

26,631
98
45

26,774

4,013 

3,544

15,068 

16,026

610 
245 
745 
– –

675
75
590 

1,600 

1,340

(85) 

(116)

(356) 

(263)

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

4. Employment 
The average monthly number of persons (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group during the year was: 

Production 
Distribution 
Administration 

The staff costs for the year for the above employees were: 

Wages and salaries 
Social welfare costs 
Employee share option expense (Note 5) 
Pension costs – defined contribution plans (Note 28) 
Pension costs – settlement on disposal of defined benefit plan (Note 28) 
Pension costs – defined benefit plans (Note 28) 

Defined benefit interest cost (Note 28) 
Defined benefit expected return on plan assets (Note 28)   

Actuarial loss on Group defined benefit schemes recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense: 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets (Note 28)  
Actuarial losses arising on the scheme liabilities (Note 28)  

Total included in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 

2010 
Number 

2009 
Number

5,936 
633 
875 

7,444 

6,187
602
858

7,647

2010 
¤’000 

179,301 
16,260 
1,731 
2,451 
(6,646) –
1,316 

194,413 
25,669 
(25,338) 

2009 
¤’000

183,434
16,398
910
526

3,662

204,930
28,939
(30,015)

194,744 

203,854

2010 
¤’000 

21,293 
(50,084) 

2009 
¤’000

(37,606)
(11,825)

(28,791) 

(49,431)

5. Share-Based Payments 
Executive Share Option Scheme   
The Group’s employee share options are equity-settled share-based payments as defined in IFRS 2 Share-Based Payments. IFRS 2 requires that  
a recognised valuation methodology be employed to determine the fair value of share options granted. The charge recognised in the Income  
Statement of ¤0.094m (2009: ¤0.081m) was arrived at through applying a trinomial model, which is a lattice option-pricing model. To the extent  
that any options vest, they will ordinarily remain exercisable at any time up to ten years from the date of grant and are settled in equity through the  
issue of shares once exercised. 

The general terms and conditions applicable to the share options granted by the Group are addressed in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration.  
All conditions are non-market based. 

Options were granted over 1,035,000 ordinary shares on 30 November 2009. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance 
measurement targets being attained between 30 November 2012 and 30 November 2019, at an exercise price of ¤1.40. Options were granted  
over 780,000 ordinary shares on 3 June 2010. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement targets being attained 
between 3 June 2013 and 3 June 2020, at an exercise price of ¤1.27. The weighted average fair value of share options granted during the year  
ended 24 September 2010 was ¤0.28. 

Options were granted over 1,690,000 ordinary shares on 3 December 2008. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement 
targets being attained between 3 December 2011 and 3 December 2018, at an exercise price of ¤0.80. Options were granted over 30,000 ordinary 
shares on 9 June 2009. These awards will be exercisable, subject to the performance measurement targets being attained between 9 June 2012  
and 9 June 2019, at an exercise price of ¤1.17. The weighted average fair value of share options granted during the year ended 25 September 2009  
was ¤0.15.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

71

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share options during the year under the plan:

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Expired 
Forfeit 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

Range of Exercise Prices for the Share Option Plan 

At 24 September 2010 
¤0.01 – ¤1.00 
¤1.01 – ¤2.00 
¤2.01 – ¤3.00 
¤3.01 – ¤4.00 
¤4.01 – ¤5.00 

At 25 September 2009 
¤0.01 – ¤1.00 
¤1.01 – ¤2.00 
¤2.01 – ¤3.00 
¤3.01 – ¤4.00 
¤4.01 – ¤5.00 

 2010 

  2009

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number 
¤  outstanding 

2.64  5,350,000 
1,720,000 
1.34 
2.84 
(150,000) 
2.53  (1,580,000) 

Number 
  outstanding 

  5,340,000 
1,815,000 
(395,000) 
(690,000) 

  6,070,000 

2.25  5,340,000 

– 

– 

– 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
¤

3.38
0.81
3.56
3.07

2.64

–

Weighted  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

average 
contract 
life 
years 

Number 
¤  exercisable

8.19 
9.31 
1.20 
5.56 
6.86 

6.46 

9.19 
7.91 
1.95 
6.43 
7.85 

6.01 

0.80 
1.34 
2.68 
3.41 
4.89 

2.25 

0.80 
1.17 
2.72 
3.39 
4.89 

2.64 

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

Number 
  outstanding 

  1,355,000 
1,735,000 
  1,265,000 
1,015,000 
  700,000 

  6,070,000 

1,560,000 
30,000 
1,740,000 
1,160,000 
850,000 

  5,340,000 

Sharesave Schemes
The Group operates savings-related share option schemes in both Ireland and the UK. Options are granted at a discount of between 15% and 25%  
of the market price at the date of invitation over three, five and seven year savings contracts and options are exercisable during the six month period 
following completion of the savings contract. The charge recognised in the Income Statement of ¤0.299m (2009: ¤0.185m) was arrived at through 
applying a trinomial model, which is a lattice option-pricing model. 

During the year ended 24 September 2010, sharesave scheme options were granted over 9,864 shares and 793,471 shares, which will ordinarily be 
exercisable at an exercise price of ¤0.95 and Stg£0.90 respectively per share, during the period 1 July 2013 to 1 January 2014 for the three year scheme,  
1 July 2015 to 1 January 2016 for the five year scheme and 1 July 2017 to 1 January 2018 for the seven year scheme. The weighted average fair value  
of share options granted during the year ended 24 September 2010 was ¤0.38. 

During the year ended 25 September 2009, sharesave scheme options were granted over 285,500 shares and 1,927,583 shares, which will ordinarily 
be exercisable at an exercise price of ¤0.88 and Stg£0.87 respectively per share, during the period 7 July 2012 to 7 January 2013 for the three year 
scheme, 7 July 2014 to 7 January 2015 for the five year scheme and 7 July 2016 to 7 January 2017 for the seven year scheme. The weighted average 
fair value of share options granted during the year ended 25 September 2009 was ¤0.31. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

5. Share-Based Payments (continued)
Sharesave Schemes (continued)
The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (expressed in euro) of, and movements in, share options during the year 
under the Irish Sharesave Scheme. 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Forfeit 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

Range of Exercise Prices for the Irish Sharesave Scheme (expressed in euro) 

 2010 

  2009

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number 
¤  outstanding 

1.09 
0.95 
1.72 

0.90 

2.88 

129,247 
285,500 
(95,680) 

319,067 

23,405 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
¤

2.92
0.88
2.94

1.09

2.68

Number 
  outstanding 

319,067 
9,864 
(72,876) 

  256,055 

2,451 

At 24 September 2010 
¤0.01 – ¤1.00 
¤2.01 – ¤3.00 
¤3.01 – ¤4.00 

At 25 September 2009 
¤0.01 – ¤1.00 
¤2.01 – ¤3.00 
¤3.01 – ¤4.00 

Number 
  outstanding 

  253,604 
1,505 
946 

  256,055 

285,500 
28,344 
5,223 

319,067 

Weighted  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

average 
contract 
life 
years 

Number 
¤  exercisable 

  Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
¤

2.71 
0.33 
0.30 

2.69 

3.62 
0.67 
1.29 

3.32 

0.88 
2.20 
3.95 

0.90 

0.88 
2.65 
3.95 

1.09 

– 
1,505 
946 

2,451 

– 
23,405 
– 

23,405 

–
2.20
3.95

2.88

–
2.68
–

2.68

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (expressed in sterling) of, and movements in, share options during the year 
under the UK Sharesave Scheme. 

 2010 

  2009

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeit 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
Number 
Stg£  outstanding 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
Stg£

Number 
  outstanding 

  2,555,366 
793,471 
(31,733) 
(807,257) 

1.22 
0.90 
0.87 
1.55 

1,250,726 
1,927,583 
– 
(622,943) 

  2,509,847 

1.02  2,555,366 

39,824 

2.08 

216,738 

2.21
0.87
–
2.13

1.22

1.98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

73

Range of Exercise Prices for the UK Sharesave Scheme (expressed in sterling) 

At 24 September 2010 
£0.01 – £1.00 
£1.01 – £2.00 
£2.01 – £3.00 
£3.01 – £4.00 

At 25 September 2009 
£0.01 – £1.00 
£1.01 – £2.00 
£2.01 – £3.00 
£3.01 – £4.00 

Weighted 
average 
contract 
life 
years 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
Stg£ 

Number 
exercisable 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
Stg£

3.47 
1.42 
1.94 
1.87 

3.32 

4.16 
1.16 
1.86 
2.11 

3.54 

0.88 
1.77 
2.20 
3.01 

15,116 
4,131 
– 
20,577 

1.02 

39,824 

0.87 
1.74 
2.16 
3.01 

1.22 

– 
60,025 
156,713 
– 

216,738 

0.87
1.85
–
3.01

2.08

–
1.66
2.10
–

1.98

Number 
  outstanding 

  2,268,333 
29,956 
166,953 
44,605 

  2,509,847 

1,899,630 
145,677 
379,660 
130,399 

  2,555,366 

Deferred Bonus Plan 
 Senior Executives participate in the Deferred Bonus Plan as outlined in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration. In accordance with this plan, half the annual 
bonus earned by participating Senior Executives is deferred into Company shares calculated at market value on the date of award, to be held by a trustee 
for the benefit of individual participants without any additional performance requirements or matching. The shares vest after three years but are forfeit 
should an executive voluntarily leave the Group within the three year time period, subject to normal ‘good leaver’ provisions. The charge recognised in the 
Income Statement of ¤1.338m (2009: ¤0.644m) was arrived at through applying a trinomial model, which is a lattice option-pricing model. 

On 1 December 2009, 1,866,065 awards were granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan. A cumulative charge of ¤0.449m 
was recognised in the Income Statement in FY10. A charge amounting to ¤0.15m was included in the Group Financial Statements in FY09 in respect of the 
estimated 2009 charge related to these awards. 

On 3 December 2008, 1,458,412 awards were granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan. A cumulative charge of 
¤0.298m was recognised in the Income Statement in FY09. 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices of, and movements in, share awards during the year under the plan: 

At beginning of year 
Granted 
Forfeit 

At end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

2010 

2009

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 

Number 
¤  outstanding 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
¤

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

307,246 
1,458,152 
– 

1,765,398 

– 

–
–
–

–

–

Number 
  outstanding 

1,765,398 
  1,866,065 
(423,007) 

  3,208,456 

– 

On 1 December 2010, 2,033,281 awards were granted to senior executives of the Group under the Deferred Bonus Plan. A charge amounting to ¤0.246m 
relating to Executive Directors and ¤0.065m relating to other awards has been included in the Group Financial Statements in respect of the estimated 2010 
charge related to these awards. The total fair value of the awards will be taken as a charge to the Income Statement over the vesting period of the awards. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

5. Share-Based Payments (continued)
Deferred Bonus Plan (continued)
The following two tables show the weighted average assumptions used to fair value the equity settled options granted in the Executive Share Option 
Scheme, the Sharesave Scheme and the Deferred Bonus Plan. 

2010 

Executive 
Share 
Option  Sharesave  Sharesave  Sharesave 
7 year 

Scheme 

5 year 

3 year 

Dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of option (years) 
Share price at grant (¤) 
Exercise price (¤) 

Dividend yield (%) 
Expected volatility (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected life of option (years) 
Share price at grant (¤) 
Exercise price (¤) 

5.60% 
37% 
3.01% 
10.00 
1.35 
1.34 

Executive 
Share 
Option 
Scheme 

9.10% 
45% 
3.50% 
10.00 
0.90 
0.81 

5.93% 
56% 
0.76% 
3.50 
1.27 
1.10 

5.93% 
41% 
2.08% 
7.50 
1.27 
1.10 

5.93% 
47% 
1.48% 
5.50 
1.27 
1.10 

2009 

Sharesave 
3 year 

Sharesave 
5 year 

Sharesave 
7 year 

7.14% 
51% 
1.62% 
3.50 
1.15 
0.96 

7.14% 
42% 
2.41% 
5.50 
1.15 
1.00 

7.14% 
37% 
2.96% 
7.50 
1.15 
1.01 

Deferred 
Bonus 
Plan 

5.43% 
52%
2.04%
3.00
1.38
–

Deferred 
Bonus 
Plan 

9.13%
45%
3.50%
3.00
0.92
–

The average share price during the year was ¤1.34 (2009: ¤1.08).   

The expected volatility is estimated based on the historic volatility of the Company’s share price over a period equivalent to the life of the relevant 
option. The risk-free rate of return is the yield on a government bond of a term consistent with the life of the option. 

The range of the Company’s share price during the year was ¤1.12 to ¤1.69.

6. Exceptional Items
Exceptional items are those that, in management’s judgement, should be disclosed by virtue of their nature or amount. Such items are included within 
the Income Statement caption to which they relate and are separately disclosed in the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

The Group reports the following exceptional items: 

Continuing operations 
Convenience Foods 
Ingredients & Property 

Tax on exceptional items 

Total continuing operations 

Discontinued operations (net of tax) 
Greencore Malt 
Greencore Water 
Greencore Continental 
Exit from sugar processing 
Legal settlement and related costs 

Total discontinued operations 

Total exceptional gains/(losses) 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1 and 10 for further information. 

2009   
As re- 

Notes 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

(f) 
(g) 

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 
(d) 
(e) 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

(12,062)
(12,571)

(24,633)
3,353

(21,280)

12,437 
(5,674) –
(4,510) –

– 
– 

2,253 

2,253 

(535)

417
(3,832)

(3,950)

(25,230)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

75

(a) Greencore Malt 
The Group completed the disposal of the Malt businesses on 26 March 2010. A profit on disposal of ¤12.4m was recognised in the Income Statement. 
This includes the recycle of ¤4.1m of cumulative foreign currency translation losses and ¤0.1m cash flow hedge losses, both of which were previously 
recognised in equity. The net impact of the disposal on the Group’s equity was an increase of ¤16.6m. 

During the prior period, the Group settled an insurance claim in relation to an incident at its malting facility at Ghlin, Belgium resulting in the recognition 
of an exceptional gain of ¤3.6m (¤2.4m net of tax) being the excess over previously anticipated receipts. Additionally, the Group took a charge of ¤2.9m 
related to grain/barley stocks associated with the poor harvest quality arising as a result of the extreme adverse 2008 weather conditions experienced 
during the harvest period. 

(b) Greencore Water 
The Group completed the disposal of its bottled water business on 26 March 2010. A loss on disposal of ¤5.7m was recognised in the Income Statement. 
This includes the recycle of ¤3.1m cumulative foreign currency translation losses, previously recognised in equity. The net impact of the disposal on the 
Group’s equity was a decrease of ¤2.6m. 

(c) Greencore Continental  
The Group completed the disposal of its Dutch based convenience foods business on 20 August 2010. A loss on disposal of ¤4.5m was recognised in the 
Income Statement. 

(d) Exit from Sugar Processing 
The Group exited its sugar processing business in 2006. In the prior year, a net gain of ¤0.4m arose on the disposal of previously impaired assets. 

(e) Legal Settlement and Related Costs 
During the prior year, the Group settled a historical outstanding claim relating to its previous sugar trading activities and recognised an exceptional 
charge of ¤3.8m in respect of both settlement and legal costs. 

(f) Convenience Foods 
During the prior year, the Group finalised its strategic review of the Frozen Desserts category. It was concluded that it should exit from this category,  
due to its tertiary market position, by closing its remaining facility. The Group also finalised its business restructuring programme resulting in head 
count reductions at business units. The total cost of this restructuring, which comprised principally asset write-offs and redundancy costs, was ¤12.1m 
(¤8.7m net of tax). 

(g) Ingredients & Property 
During the prior year, the Group determined that it would either close or sell its grain trading business at Drummonds. As a result of this decision, 
provisions of ¤12.3m were recognised to write assets down to fair value less costs to sell. The Group disposed of Drummonds on 26 June 2009 and  
an additional loss of ¤0.3m was recognised on disposal. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

7. Finance Costs and Finance Income

Finance Costs 
Bank overdrafts and loans 
Other borrowings 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Interest on defined benefit pension scheme liabilities 
Unwind of discount on liabilities 
Fair value movement on hedged financial liabilities (Note 24) 
Fair value movement on fair value hedges (Note 24) 
Fair value movement on interest rate swaps not designated as hedges   
Fair value movement on forward foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges 
Foreign exchange on inter-company balances and external loans where hedge accounting is not applied 

Finance Income 
Interest income on bank deposits 
Expected return on defined benefit pension scheme assets 
Gain on disposal of available for sale financial asset 
Unwind of discount on assets 

Net finance expense recognised in the Income Statement 

Recognised directly in equity 
Currency translation effects on foreign currency net investment 
Currency translation effect on foreign currency borrowings 
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges 
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges transferred to Income Statement recognised in discontinued operations 

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

15,459 
10,858 

4 4

25,303 
275 
6,277 
(6,377) 
3,832 
(1) 
(1,965) 

17,346
13,610

28,208
440
30,031
(30,759)
21,566
444
(928)

53,665 

79,962

(999) 
(25,046) 
– 
(108) –

(26,153) 

27,512 

(2,681)
(29,425)
(15)

(32,121)

47,841

3,450 
286 
61 
1,766 

5,563 

(5,391)
679
(1,691)
1,594

(4,809)

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

8. Share of Profit of Associates after Tax
The Group’s share of profit of associates after tax is equity accounted and is presented as a single line item in the Group Income Statement. The Group’s 
share of net assets of associates is shown in Note 19. 

Group share of: 
Revenue 

Profit before finance costs 
Finance income/costs (net) 

Profit before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit after taxation (Note 19) 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

3,821 

20,842

796 
(55) 

741 
(228) 

513 

738
(84)

654
(217)

437

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Taxation

Continuing operations 
Current tax 
Corporation tax charge 
Overseas tax charge 

Total current tax (pre-exceptional) 

Deferred tax 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Defined benefit pension obligations 
Effect of tax rate change 
Employee share options 

Total deferred tax 

Income tax expense (pre-exceptional) 

Tax charge on exceptional items 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Exceptional tax credit 

Total tax charge from continuing operations (pre-associates) 

Discontinued operations 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 

Income tax expense (pre-exceptional) 

Tax credit on exceptional items 
Current tax 

Total tax charge from discontinued operations 

Total tax charge for the year 

Current tax relating to items charged to equity 
Income tax relating to foreign exchange 

Deferred tax relating to items (charged)/credited to equity 
Actuarial loss on pension liability 
Cash flow hedges transferred to Income Statement 
Cash flow hedges fair value adjustments 
Cash flow hedge currency translation adjustment 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

77

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

210 
2,434 

2,644 

206
344

550

2,502 
1,020 
(664) –
(87) 

2,771 

5,415 

2,197
491

(24)

2,664

3,214

– 
– 

– 

(311)
(3,042)

(3,353)

5,415 

(139)

3,115 
(1,690) 

1,425 

(502)
4,012

3,510

– 

1,217

1,425 

4,727

6,840 

4,588

1,520 –

(4,223) 
– 
497 
– 

(2,206) 

(13,218)
446
(473)
92

(13,153)

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

9. Taxation (continued)
Reconciliation of Total Tax Expense 
The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) per the Income Statement as follows: 

Profit/(loss) for the year 
Total tax charge for the year 
Less: Share of profit of associates after tax 

Tax expense at Irish corporation tax rate of 12.5% 
Effects of: 

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 
Differences in effective tax rates on overseas earnings  
Utilisation of tax losses 
Tax exempted earnings and earnings at reduced Irish rates 
Effect of rate change on deferred tax balance 
Other 

Total tax charge for the year 

2010 
¤’000 

34,460 
6,840 
(513) 

40,787 

2009 
¤’000

(8,409)
4,588
(437)

(4,258)

5,098 

(532)

3,197 
2,163 
92 
(773) 
(664) 
(2,273) 

5,814
(909)
(164)
(91)
– 
470

6,840 

4,588

Factors That May Impact Future Tax Charges and Other Disclosures
The Group has not provided deferred tax in relation to temporary differences applicable to investments in subsidiaries on the basis that the Group can 
control the timing and realisation of these temporary differences, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
No provision has been recognised in respect of deferred tax relating to unremitted earnings of subsidiaries as there is no commitment to remit earnings. 

The tax charge in future periods will be impacted by any changes to the corporation tax rate in force in the countries in which the Group operates. In the  
UK, the Finance Bill 2010 included a reduction in the rate of corporate income tax from 28% to 27% and this was substantially enacted on 21 July 2010.  
The rate reduction applies from 1 April 2011. Deferred tax balances must be recognised at the future tax rate applicable when the balance is expected to 
unwind. As such, the rate reduction to 27% is reflected in the closing deferred tax balance. The UK 2010 Emergency Budget announced further annual 
reductions in the corporate tax rate of 1% annually, reaching 24% on 1 April 2014. The finance bill did not include these additional rate reductions  
so they are not substantively enacted and therefore not reflected in the closing deferred tax balance. 

The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the Group’s provision for income taxes. 
There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group 
recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these 
matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period 
in which such determination is made.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

79

10. Discontinued Operations
The Group disposed of its interest in its malt, bottled water and Dutch based convenience foods businesses in 2010. These operations are considered,  
in management’s judgement, to be discontinued operations in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. 
The respective profit and losses on the disposal of these businesses were recognised in the Group Income Statement within discontinued operations. 
The details of the profits/losses are set out in Note 6. Further details on the net assets of the businesses disposed of and consideration received are set 
out in Note 35. 

The revenue, results and cash flows of the Group’s discontinued operations (sugar processing, malt, bottled water and Dutch based convenience foods 
businesses) were as follows: 

2010 
Pre–  Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
¤’000 

  exceptional 
¤’000 

2009
As re-presented* 

Pre- 
Total  exceptional 
¤’000 

¤’000 

 Exceptional 
(Note 6) 
¤’000 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Operating costs, net 

Operating profit/(loss) 
Finance income and costs (net) 

Profit/(loss) before taxation 
Taxation 

Profit/(loss) from operations before gain on disposal 
Gain on disposal (Note 6) 

Gain from discontinued operations 

145,851 
(107,129) 
(30,296) 

8,426 
296 

8,722 
(1,425) 

7,297 
– 

7,297 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
2,253 

2,253 

145,851 
(107,129) 
(30,296) 

302,906 
(223,412) 
(57,323) 

8,426 
296 

8,722 
(1,425) 

7,297 
2,253 

9,550 

22,171 
123 

22,294 
(3,510) 

18,784 
– 

18,784 

Profit before taxation 
Net finance costs 
Exceptional items – discontinued 

Operating profit – discontinued (pre-exceptional) 
Depreciation 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Amortisation of government grants 
Difference between pension charge and cash contributions 
Working capital movement 
Other movements 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities before exceptional items 
Cash inflow related to exceptional items 
Interest paid 
Tax paid 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities 

Cash flow from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Interest received 

Net cash outflow from investing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1 and 6 for further information. 

Total 
¤’000

302,906
(226,310)
(57,575)

19,021
123

19,144
(4,727)

14,417
417

– 
(2,898) 
(252) 

(3,150) 
– 

(3,150) 
(1,217) 

(4,367) 
417 

(3,950) 

14,834

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

8,722 
(296) 
– 

8,426 
4,017 
99 
(47) –
(103) 
(30,771) 
38 

(18,341) 
5,595 –
– 

(886) –

19,144
(123)
3,150

22,171
7,773
142

(304)
(11,772)
230

18,240

13

(13,632) 

18,253

(2,832) 
– 

(10,639)
83

(2,832) 

(10,556)

(16,464) 

7,697

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

11. Earnings per Ordinary Share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company by the weighted average number  
of ordinary shares in issue during the period, excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares and shares held in  
trust in respect of the Deferred Bonus Awards Scheme. The adjusted figures for basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share are after the elimination  
of exceptional items, the effect of foreign exchange (FX) on inter-company balances and external loans where hedge accounting is not applied, the 
movement in the fair value of all derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments, the amortisation of acquisition related intangible  
assets and the effect of pension financing.   

Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Exceptional items (post-tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments where hedge accounting is not applied 
FX on inter-company balances and external loans where hedge accounting is not applied 
Amortisation of acquisition related intangible assets (net of tax) 
Pension financing, net (net of tax) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and 

pension financing included in discontinued operations   

Numerator for adjusted earnings per share calculation   
Result from discontinued operations – pre-exceptional 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and 

pension financing included in discontinued operations   

Numerator for continuing adjusted earnings per share calculation 

Numerator for discontinued basic earnings per share 
Discontinued profit for the year 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations (pre-exceptional) 
Fair value of derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments and 

pension financing included in discontinued operations   

Numerator for discontinued adjusted EPS 

Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Adjusted basic earnings per ordinary share 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Denominator for earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share calculation  

Shares in issue at the beginning of the year (thousands) 
Treasury shares (thousands) 
Shares held by Trust (thousands) 
Effect of shares issued in period (thousands) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands) 

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

33,870 
(2,253) 
3,731 
(1,965) 
1,584 
(443) 

(345) 

34,179 
(7,297) 

(9,898)
25,230
21,282
(928)
1,471
(1,755)

(218)

35,184
(18,784)

345 

27,227 

218

16,618

9,550 

14,834

7,297 

18,784

(345) 

(218)

6,952 

18,566

2009   
As re- 

2010 
cent 

presented * 

cent

11.9 
4.7 

16.6 

13.3 
3.4 

16.7 

(12.2)
7.3

(4.9)

8.2
9.2

17.4

2010 

2009

  208,333 
(3,905) 
(1,641) 
1,715 

205,780
(3,905)
(393)
1,234

  204,502 

202,716

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

81

Diluted Earnings per Ordinary Share 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of  
all dilutive potential ordinary shares. Employee share options, which are performance based, are treated as contingently issuable shares, because their 
issue is contingent upon satisfaction of specified performance conditions in addition to the passage of time. These contingently issuable ordinary shares  
are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per ordinary share where the conditions governing exercisability have not been satisfied as at 
the end of the reporting period. Options over 5,635,988 (2009: 6,114,678) shares were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation as they were either 
antidilutive or contingently issuable ordinary shares which had not satisfied the performance conditions attaching at the end of the reporting period. 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share 

2009   
As re- 

2010 
cent 

presented * 

cent

11.7 
4.6 

16.3 

(12.2)
7.3

(4.9)

16.5 

17.3

A reconciliation of the weighted average number of ordinary shares used for the purposes of calculating the diluted earning per share amounts  
is as follows: 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share and adjusted earnings per share calculation 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year (thousands) 
Dilutive effect of share options (thousands) 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share (thousands) 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information.

12. Dividends Paid and Proposed 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:   
Equity dividends on ordinary shares: 

Final dividend of 4.5c for the year ended 25 September 2009 (2008: 8.21c) 
Interim dividend of 3.00c for the year ended 24 September 2010 (2009: 3.00c)   

Total 

Proposed for approval at AGM: 
Equity dividends on ordinary shares: 
Final dividend of 4.50c for the year ended 24 September 2010 (2009: 4.50c) 

2010 

2009

  204,502 
2,548 

202,716
248

  207,050 

202,964

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

9,257 
6,199 

15,456 

16,574
6,143

22,717

9,300 

9,199

This proposed dividend is subject to approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and has not been included as a liability in the Balance 
Sheet of the Group as at 24 September 2010 in accordance with IAS 10 Events After the Balance Sheet Date. The proposed final dividend for the year 
ended 24 September 2010 will be payable on 1 April 2011 to shareholders on the Register of Members at 3 December 2010. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

13. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Year ended 24 September 2010 
Opening net book amount 
Disposals 
Adjustments 
Currency translation differences 
Amortisation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 24 September 2010 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

Year ended 25 September 2009 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Disposals 
Adjustments 
Transfers from property, plant and equipment, net** 
Currency translation differences 
Amortisation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 25 September 2009 
Cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Net book amount 

  Acquisition 
related 
intangible 
assets- 
Customer 
related 
¤’000 

Computer 
software 
and other 
intangibles 
¤’000 

Acquisition 
related 
intangible 
assets- 
* Non- 
customer 
related 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

5,733 
(365) 
– 
482 
(1,649) 

8,901 
– 
– 
867 
(947) 

6,356  404,305
(1,619)
(1,254) 
97
– 
5,785
401 
(4,013)
(1,417) 

Goodwill 
¤’000 

383,315 
– 
97 
4,035 
– 

387,447 

4,201 

8,821 

4,086  404,555

387,447 
– 

387,447 

9,493 
(5,292) 

11,140 
(2,319) 

6,783  414,863
(10,308)
(2,697) 

4,201 

8,821 

4,086  404,555

385,646 
– 
940 
– 
(13) 
– 
(3,258) 
– 

383,315 

4,276 
2,393 
– 
(25) 
– 
1,055 
(523) 
(1,443) 

5,733 

9,827 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
38 
(964) 

8,901 

3,237 
4,402 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(146) 
(1,137) 

402,986
6,795
940
(25)
(13)
1,055
(3,889)
(3,544)

6,356 

404,305

383,315 
– 

383,315 

12,195 
(6,462) 

5,733 

10,127 
(1,226) 

8,901 

7,747 
(1,391) 

413,384
(9,079)

6,356 

404,305

*  Non-customer related acquisition related intangibles represents all other acquisition related intangible assets, primarily brands. 
**  Transfers from property, plant and equipment are items of computer software previously carried as property, plant and equipment and which were reclassified to intangible assets in FY09. 

Goodwill acquired in business combinations is allocated at acquisition to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. A summary of the allocation of the carrying value of goodwill by segment is as follows:

Convenience Foods 
Ingredients & Property 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

384,778 
2,669 

380,601
2,714

387,447 

383,315

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

83

Impairment Testing and Goodwill   
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to CGUs for the purposes of impairment testing based on the business unit into 
which the business will be assimilated. 

The recoverable amount of each CGU is based on a value in use computation. The cash flow forecasts employed for this computation are extracted  
from the 2011 budget document formally approved by the Board of Directors, and specifically exclude incremental profits and other cash flows 
stemming from future acquisitions. The 2011 forecast cash flows are projected forward for five years using the same assumptions. A terminal value 
reflecting inflation of 2% (but no other growth) is applied to the Year Five cash flows. A present value of the future cash flows is calculated using  
a discount rate of 8% (2009: 8%). Applying these techniques, no impairment arose in either 2010 or 2009. 

The key assumptions include management’s estimates of future profitability based on modest sales growth and inflation expectations, capital 
expenditure requirements including continuing investment, most particularly in prepared meals, food to go, grocery and the US, and working capital 
savings. The prior year assumptions were prepared on the same basis. The values applied to the key assumptions are derived from a combination  
of external and internal factors based on historical experience and take into account management’s expectation of future trends affecting the industry 
and other developments and initiatives in the business. Estimation of the carrying value of goodwill is a key judgmental estimate in the preparation  
of the Group Financial Statements. 

Adjustments to the goodwill allocated to Convenience Foods in relation to the acquisition of Sushi San in 2007 and Ministry of Cake in 2008 were 
recorded in 2009 and 2010. These adjustments arose due to the revision of the estimate of deferred contingent consideration payable to the former 
owners of these businesses. 

An adjustment to the goodwill allocated to Convenience Foods in relation to the acquisition of Home Made Brand Foods in 2008 was recorded in 2009. 
This adjustment arose due to the revision of the estimate of deferred contingent consideration that was ultimately paid to the former owners of the 
business and due to the finalisation of acquisition costs. The fair values of the assets acquired were determined provisionally as at 26 September 2008 
and no changes to these values were recorded on finalisation in 2009. 

An adjustment to the goodwill allocated to Ingredients & Property in relation to the acquisition of the minority interest in Trilby Trading in 2009 was 
recorded in 2010. The adjustment arose due to the revision of the estimate of deferred contingent consideration payable to the former minority interest. 

Sensitivity Analysis 
If the estimated discount rate applied to the discounted cash flows had been 10% higher than management’s estimates, there would have been  
no requirement on the Group to recognise an impairment against goodwill. 

If the estimated cash flow forecasts used in the value in use computations had been 10% lower than management’s estimates, again there would have 
been no requirement on the Group to recognise any impairment against goodwill. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

14. Property, Plant and Equipment

Year ended 24 September 2010 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Currency translation differences 
Transfers to investment property* 
Depreciation charge 

Closing net book amount 

Plant and 
Land and 
buildings  machinery 
¤’000 

¤’000 

Fixtures 
and 
fittings 
¤’000 

Capital 
work in 
progress 
¤’000 

140,356 
9,118 
(22,464) 
2,144 
7,115 
(28,923) 
(3,521) 

160,081 
12,462 
(66,124) 
9,010 
8,323 
(75) 
(18,526) 

9,383 
1,964 
(218) 
(5,194)** 
87 
– 
(1,389) 

9,413 
9,242 
(3,028) 
(5,960) 
212 
(5,956) 
– 

Total 
¤’000

319,233
32,786
(91,834)
–
15,737
(34,954)
(23,436)

103,825 

105,151 

4,633 

3,923 

217,532

*  Transfers of assets under remediation to investment property on adoption of the amendments to IAS 40 Investment Property resulting from the 2008 Annual Improvements to 

IFRSs as described in the Group Statement of Accounting Policies. 

**  Reclassification of items of plant and machinery previously presented as fixtures and fittings. 

At 24 September 2010 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

Year ended 25 September 2009 
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Disposals 
Reclassifications 
Currency translation differences 
Exceptional provision for impairment 
Transfers to intangible assets, net* 
Depreciation charge 

Closing net book amount 

At 25 September 2009 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

131,397 
(27,572) 

241,958 
(136,807) 

12,427 
(7,794) 

3,923  389,705
(172,173)

– 

103,825 

105,151 

4,633 

3,923 

217,532

159,591 
2,170 
(2,394) 
2,144 
(17,734) 
(26) 
– 
(3,395) 

178,775 
18,370 
(2,979) 
11,048 
(21,655) 
(1,808) 
(1,055) 
(20,615) 

140,356 

160,081 

12,108 
3,063 
(12) 
(1,759) 
(1,314) 
(37) 
– 
(2,666) 

9,383 

16,914 
4,902 
– 
(11,433) 
(970) 
– 
– 
– 

367,388
28,505
(5,385)
–
(41,673)
(1,871)
(1,055)
(26,676)

9,413 

319,233

177,288 
(36,932) 

372,479 
(212,398) 

140,356 

160,081 

21,220 
(11,837) 

9,383 

9,413 
– 

9,413 

580,400
(261,167)

319,233

*  Transfers to intangible assets are items of computer software previously carried as property, plant and equipment which were reclassified to intangible assets in FY09. 

Assets Held under Finance Leases 
The net book amount and the depreciation charge during the year in respect of assets held under finance leases and capitalised in property, plant and 
machinery are as follows: 

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

Depreciation charge for the year 

2010 
¤’000 

– 
– 

– 

48 

2009 
¤’000

1,733
(916)

817

45

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

85

2010 
¤’000 

710 
1,146 –
(710) –
34,954 –
1,816 –
– 

37,916 

2009 
¤’000

808

(98)

710

37,916 
– 

37,916 

1,956
(1,246)

710

15. Investment Property

Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers from property, plant and equipment * 
Currency translation differences 
Depreciation charge 

Closing net book amount 

Analysed as: 
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

*  Transfers of assets under remediation to investment property on adoption of the amendments to IAS 40 Investment Property resulting from the 2008 Annual Improvements to 

IFRSs as described in the Group Statement of Accounting Policies. 

The fair value of the Group’s investment properties at 24 September 2010 was ¤51.4m (2009: ¤2.4m). The valuation was carried out by the Group 
Property Director and was arrived at by reference to location, market conditions, status of planning applications and stage of completion of remediation 
where appropriate. 

Profit on disposal of property in the Ingredients & Property segment amounted to ¤2.0m (2009: ¤2.9m). 

Investment property at 24 September 2010 represents the Group’s land subject to remediation, upon which no depreciation is provided. 

16. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables 
Work in progress 
Finished goods and goods for resale 

2010 
¤’000 

18,008 
793 
20,748 

39,549 

2009 
¤’000

41,260
2,802
38,307

82,369

None of the above carrying amounts have been pledged as security for liabilities entered into by the Group. 

Inventory recognised within cost of sales (pre-exceptional continuing and discontinued) 

  546,049 

604,743

17. Trade and Other Receivables

Current 
Trade receivables 
Amounts receivable from associates 
Prepayments 
VAT 
Other receivables 

Subtotal – current 

Non-current 
Other receivables 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

40,901 
– 
3,948 
5,115 
14,573 

67,605
12
12,142
4,302
11,501

64,537 

95,562

6,310 –

70,847 –

The fair value of current receivables approximates book value due to their size and short-term nature. 

Non-current receivables are discounted to present value or bear interest at market rates and accordingly represent fair value. 

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risk and impairment losses related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in Note 23. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

18. Trade and Other Payables

Current 
Trade payables 
Employment related taxes 
Other payables and accrued expenses 
VAT 
Declared interim dividend 

Subtotal – current 

Non-current 
Other payables 

Total 

The Group’s exposure to liquidity and currency risk is disclosed in Note 23. 

19. Investments in Associates

Share of associate’s balance sheet 
Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Carrying amount of associates 
At beginning of year 
Share of profit after tax of associate (Note 8) 
Dividends received 
Currency translation differences 

At end of year 

Details of the Group’s principal associates, all of which are unlisted, are shown in Note 37. 

20. Available for Sale Financial Assets

At beginning of year 
Fair value adjustment recognised in the Income Statement 
Disposal 
Currency translation differences 

At end of year 

21. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

125,196 
3,245 
83,480 
6 
6,199 

172,276
5,096
77,860
1,480
6,133

218,126 

262,845

5,193 

6,924

223,319 

269,769

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

1,432 
190 
(617) 
(323) 

682 

638 
513 
(537) 
68 

682 

1,856
203
(1,195)
(226)

638

1,244
437
(901)
(142)

638

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

23
15
(36)
(2)

– 
– 
– 
– 

– –

2010 
¤’000 

11,707 

2009 
¤’000

43,933

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are made for varying periods, between one day and 
one month, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of 
cash and cash equivalents equals the carrying amount. Note 24 includes details of the Group’s net debt at 24 September 2010.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. Borrowings

Non-current 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance leases 

Subtotal – non-current 

Current 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance leases 

Subtotal – current 

Total borrowings 

The maturity of non-current borrowings is as follows: 

Between 1 and 2 years 
Between 2 and 5 years 
Over 5 years 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

87

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

45,158 
140,257 
– 

127,632
214,303
1,834

185,415 

343,769

41,401 –
– 

41,401 

21

21

226,816 

343,790

2010 
¤’000 

45,158 
54,302 
85,955 

2009 
¤’000

140,392
127,088
76,289

185,415 

343,769

The exposure of the Group’s borrowings to interest rate changes and the contractual repricing dates at the balance sheet date are as follows: 

6 months or less 
1 – 5 years 
Over 5 years 

2010 
¤’000 

86,559 
54,302 
85,955 

2009 
¤’000

147,342
120,138
76,310

226,816 

343,790

Bank Borrowings 
The Group’s bank borrowings are denominated in euro, sterling and US$ and bear floating rate interest, set at commercial rates based on a spread over 
EURIBOR, sterling LIBOR and US$ LIBOR, for periods ranging from one week to six months. At 24 September 2010, the Group’s borrowings comprised 
of US$60.0m with a final maturity in April 2012. 

At 24 September 2010, the Group had available ¤290.8m (2009: ¤289.2m) of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions 
precedent had been met. Uncommitted overdraft facilities undrawn at 24 September 2010 amounted to ¤10.3m (2009: ¤11.4m). 

Finance Leases   
The Group had finance leases for various items of property, plant and equipment. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with 
the present value of the net minimum lease payments are set out in Note 32.  

Private Placement Notes  
The Group’s Private Placement Notes were issued in October 2003 and comprise fixed rate debt of US$185m (the US$ Notes) and fixed rate debt of 
Stg£25m (the Stg£ Notes). 

The US$ Notes are all fixed rate and comprise of US$55m maturing in October 2010, US$30m maturing in October 2013 and US$100m maturing in 
October 2015. The fixed rates on these Notes range from 4.98% to 5.90%. These Notes have been swapped (using cross-currency interest rate swaps 
designated as fair value hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement) from fixed US$ to floating sterling rates, repricing 
semi-annually at commercial rates based on a spread over sterling LIBOR. 

The Stg£25m fixed rate Note has a rate of 6.19% and matures in October 2013. 

The average spread the Group paid on its bank borrowings and Private Placement Notes in the year ended 24 September 2010 was 1.54%. 

Guarantees 
The Group’s bank borrowings and Private Placement Notes are secured by guarantees from Greencore Group plc and cross-guarantees from various 
companies within the Group. The Group treats these guarantees as insurance contracts and accounts for them as such. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

23. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and price risk. 
These financial risks are managed by the Group under policies approved by the Board of Directors. The Group uses derivative financial instruments,  
in particular foreign currency forward contracts, currency swaps and interest rate swaps, to manage certain of the financial risks associated with the 
underlying business activities of the Group and the financing of those activities. The principal financial risks are actively managed by the Group’s 
Treasury department. This department operates within strict Board approved policies and guidelines. On an ongoing basis, the Treasury department 
actively monitors market conditions with a view to minimising the exposure of the Group to changing market factors while at the same time minimising 
the volatility of the funding costs of the Group. 

Financial Assets and Liabilities 

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 

Loans and 
receivables 
¤’000 

  FV through 
income 
statement 
¤’000 

Cash flow 
hedges 
¤’000 

2010
Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
cost 
¤’000 

Financial 
liabilities in 
fair value 
hedges 
¤’000 

Carrying 
value 
¤’000 

Fair 
value 
¤’000

66,899 
11,707 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
2,812 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(45,158) 
(29,471) 
(218,149) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(152,187) 
– 

66,899 
66,899 
11,707 
11,707 
2,812 
2,812 
(45,158) 
(44,879) 
(181,658)  (180,489) 
(218,149)
(218,149) 

The fair value of the financial liabilities held at amortised cost and the financial liabilities in fair value hedges have been calculated by discounting the 
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying period end exchange rates.   

Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Loans and 
receivables 
¤’000 

FV through 
income 
statement 
¤’000 

Cash flow 
hedges 
¤’000 

83,420 
43,933 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(8,956) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(1,923) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2009
Financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
cost 
¤’000 

– 
– 
– 
(127,632) 
(47,082) 
(1,855) 
(264,105) 

Financial 
liabilities in 
fair value 
hedges 
¤’000 

– 
– 
– 
– 
(167,221) 
– 
– 

Carrying 
value 
¤’000 

83,420 
43,933 
(10,879) 
(127,632) 
(214,303) 
(1,855) 
(264,105) 

Fair 
value 
¤’000

83,420 
43,933 
(10,879) 
(124,112) 
(204,558) 
(1,855) 
(264,105)

Fair Value Hierarchy 
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows; 

Level 1: 
Level 2: 

Level 3: 

quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities  
 inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices)  
or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) 
inputs for the asset or liability that are not observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

Assets carried at fair value 
Cross-currency swaps – fair value hedges 

Liabilities carried at fair value 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 

During the period, there were no transfers between the different levels.

Level 1 
¤’000 

Level 2 
¤’000 

Level 3 
¤’000 

Total  
¤’000

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

21,706 

21,706 

(18,629) 
(265) 

(18,894) 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

21,706

21,706

(18,629) 
(265)

(18,894)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

89

Interest Rate Risk 
The Group’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates arises from its floating rate borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and derivatives. 
The Group’s policy is to optimise interest cost and reduce volatility in reported earnings. This is managed by reviewing the debt profile of the Group 
regularly on a currency by currency basis and by selectively using interest rate swaps to limit the level of floating interest rate exposure. At least 35%  
of debt is fixed rate in accordance with policy approved by the Board of Directors. 

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for floating rate debt
The full year impact of both an upward and a downward movement in each applicable interest rate and interest rate curve by 100 basis points (assuming 
all the other variables remain constant) is shown below. 

Effect of a downward movement of 100 basis points (cost)  

On profit after tax 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

 On equity

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

(5,767) 

(9,927) 

(5,767) 

(9,927)

Effect of an upward movement of 100 basis points (gain) 

5,289 

8,736 

5,289 

8,736

Foreign Currency Risk 
The Group is exposed to currency risk as sales and purchases in certain businesses are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency  
of the entity concerned. The Group employs foreign currency forward contracts to economically hedge foreign exchange exposures arising from 
forecast transactions in foreign currencies.   

The Group’s trading entity exposures to foreign currency risk for amounts not denominated in the functional currency of the relevant entity at the 
balance sheet date were as follows (excluding borrowings and derivative financial instruments): 

Denominated in: 

Trade receivables 
Trade payables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Gross balance sheet exposure 

EUR 
¤’000 

198 
(963) 
(6) 

(771) 

2010 
USD 
¤’000 

778 
(1,005) 
436 

GBP 
¤’000 

902 
(582) 
3,720 

209 

4,040 

EUR 
¤’000 

2,529 
(646) 
5,477 

7,360 

2009 
USD 
¤’000 

1,472 
(287) 
2,185 

3,370 

GBP 
¤’000

1,778
(1,577)
100

301

Substantially all of these exposures are covered by forward foreign currency contracts.   

The Group operates internationally with the majority of its profits earned outside of Ireland. It has significant investments outside of Ireland with the 
largest single investment being in the UK. In order to protect the Group’s euro Balance Sheet and reduce cash flow risk, the Group has financed most  
of its investment in the UK by borrowing sterling. Although a portion of this funding is obtained by directly borrowing sterling, a significant element  
of the funding is achieved through US dollar borrowings converted to sterling using cross-currency swaps. 

During the period, the Group designated US$60m of US$ borrowings and £90m of sterling borrowings as hedges of its net investments in a US 
subsidiary and UK subsidiaries respectively. The foreign exchange gain of ¤0.286m arising on translation of the borrowings to euro at the balance  
sheet date was recognised in the translation reserve in shareholders’ equity.   

Sensitivity analysis for primary foreign currency risk
A 10% strengthening of the euro exchange rate against the sterling or US$ exchange rates in respect of the translation of amounts not denominated in 
the functional currency of relevant entities into the functional currency of the relevant entities would increase profit after tax and equity by the amount 
shown below. This assumes that all other variables remain constant. A 10% weakening of the euro exchange rate against the sterling or US$ exchange 
rates would have an equal and opposite effect. 

Impact of 10% strengthening of euro vs sterling gain 

On profit after tax 
2009 
2010 
¤’000 
¤’000 

521 

2,784 

 On equity

2010 
¤’000 

521 

2009 
¤’000

1,107

Impact of 10% strengthening of euro vs dollar (cost)/gain   

(232) 

(785) 

3,873 

2,373

The effect on equity of a movement between euro and US$ would be offset by the translation of the net assets of the subsidiaries against which the  
US$ borrowings are hedged. The above calculations do not include the variability in Group profitability which arises on the translation of foreign 
currency subsidiaries’ financial statements to Group presentation currency. There were no sterling borrowings designated as hedges of the Group’s  
net investments in UK subsidiaries at 24 September 2010. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

23. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (continued)
Liquidity Risk 
The Group’s policy on funding capacity is to ensure that it always has sufficient long-term funding and committed bank facilities in place to meet 
foreseeable peak borrowing requirements with additional headroom of 30% over peak budget requirements. The Group also operates a prudent 
approach to liquidity risk management by spreading the maturities of its debt to long-term financing. The Treasury department actively monitors  
the funding requirements of the business. Cash requirements are managed centrally and reviewed on a daily basis. Excess funds are placed on 
short-term (less than one month) deposits while ensuring that sufficient cash is available on demand to meet expected operational requirements. 

The following are the carrying amounts and contractual liabilities of financial liabilities (including interest payments): 

24 September 2010 

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative Financial Instruments 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges 

Outflow 

Cross-currency swaps – fair value hedges 

Inflow 
Outflow 

Foreign currency forward contracts 

Inflow 
Outflow 

25 September 2009 

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments 
Bank borrowings 
Private Placement Notes 
Finance lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative Financial Instruments 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as fair value hedges 

Outflow 

Cross-currency swaps – fair value hedges 

Inflow 
Outflow 

Foreign currency forward contracts 

Inflow 
Outflow 

Carrying  Contractual 
amount 
amount 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Period 

Period 
1-6 months  6-12 months 
¤’000 

¤’000 

Period 
1-5 years 
¤’000 

Period 
> 5 years 
¤’000 

(45,158) 
(48,500) 
(181,658)  (205,007) 
(218,149) 
(218,149) 

(632) 
(46,195) 
(217,285) 

(635) 
(3,770) 
(400) 

(47,233) 
(155,042) 
(464) 

–
–
–

(18,629) 

21,706 

(265) 

(20,873) 

(3,874) 

(2,827) 

(13,967) 

(205)

169,152 
(148,008) 

45,283 
(40,611) 

2,858 
(1,421) 

43,529 
(33,433) 

77,482
(72,543)

6,969 
(7,618) 

1,881 
(2,269) 

4,286 
(5,269) 

802 
(80) 

–
–

Carrying  Contractual 
amount 
amount 
¤’000 
¤’000 

Period 

Period 
1-6 months  6-12 months 
¤’000 

¤’000 

Period 
1-5 years 
¤’000 

Period 
> 5 years 
¤’000 

(127,632) 
(214,303) 
(1,855) 
(264,105) 

(164,284) 
(249,529) 
(6,795) 
(264,194) 

(2,812) 
(5,433) 
(68) 
(260,260) 

(2,684) 
(5,418) 
(49) 
(2,606) 

(158,788) 
(166,218) 
(388) 
(1,328) 

–
(72,460)
(6,290)
–

(24,365) 

16,358 

(2,872) 

(23,961) 

(4,817) 

(5,025) 

(13,959) 

(160)

193,438 
(179,963) 

4,302 
(2,164) 

4,302 
(2,125) 

110,860 
(103,989) 

73,974
(71,685)

125,329 
(127,739) 

98,825 
(98,961) 

15,205 
(17,252) 

11,299 
(11,526) 

–
–

Gains and losses on foreign currency forward contracts are credited/charged to the Income Statement when the cash flows arise. 

Credit Risk 
Credit risk refers to the risk of financial loss to the Group if a counterparty defaults on its contractual obligations on financial assets held in the Balance 
Sheet. Risk is monitored both centrally and locally. The Group derives a significant proportion of its revenue from sales to a limited number of major 
customers. Sales to individual customers can be of significant value and the failure of any such customer to honour its debts could materially impact  
the Group’s results. The Group derives significant benefit from trading with its large customers and manages the risk by regularly reviewing the credit 
history and rating of all significant customers. 

The Group assessed the carrying value of other receivables based on management’s assessment of credit risk and knowledge of the counterparty.  
The amount was neither past due nor impaired at 24 September 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

91

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset in the Balance Sheet:   

Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Carrying amount
2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

40,901 
20,883 
11,707 
21,706 

67,605
11,501
43,933
16,358

Trade receivables
79% of revenue in the convenience foods segment is to the top five UK retailers. Revenue earned individually from four of these customers,  
¤175.3m, ¤138.2m, ¤118.5m and ¤103.1m respectively, represents more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. 

The Group also manages credit risk through the use of a receivables purchase arrangement. Under the terms of this agreement the Group  
has transferred substantially all of the credit risk and control of the receivables, which are subject to this agreement, and accordingly ¤15.5m  
(2009: ¤14.1m) has been derecognised at year end. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was: 

Ireland 
United Kingdom 
Other Europe 
Rest of World 

Carrying amount
2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

7,345 
29,907 
83 
3,566 

40,901 

12,393
32,573
18,013
4,626

67,605

Ageing of trade receivables
The aged analysis of trade receivables split between amounts that were neither past due nor impaired and amounts past due but not impaired  
at 24 September 2010 and 25 September 2009 were as follows: 

Neither past due nor impaired: 
Receivable within 3 months of the balance sheet date 

Past due but not impaired: 
Receivable between 1 and 6 months of the balance sheet date 
Receivable between 6 and 9 months of the balance sheet date 

Total 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

33,455 

52,999

7,446 
– 

14,372
234

40,901 

67,605

Trade receivables are in general receivable within 90 days of the balance sheet date, are unsecured and are not interest bearing. The figures disclosed 
above are stated net of provisions for impairment. The movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows: 

At beginning of year 
Translation adjustment 
Eliminated on disposal 
Provided during year 
Written-off during year 
Recovered during year 

At end of year 

2010 
¤’000 

1,360 
56 
(551) 
944 
(821) 
(46) 

942 

2009 
¤’000

3,170
(170)
(1,068)
475
(927)
(120)

1,360

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

23. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (continued)
Credit Risk (continued)
Cash and cash equivalents
Exposure to credit risk on cash and derivative financial instruments is monitored by Group Treasury. It is Group policy that cash is only placed on deposit 
with institutions with a minimum short-term credit rating of A-1 with Standard & Poor’s or P-1 with Moody’s. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for cash and cash equivalents by geographic location of financial institution was: 

Europe 
UK 
Ireland and other 

Carrying amount
2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

350 
7,837 
3,520 

11,707 

9,646
27,441
6,846

43,933

Price Risk 
The Group purchases a variety of commodities which can experience significant price volatility. The price risk on these commodities is managed  
by the Group through the Group purchasing function. It is Group policy to minimise its exposure to volatility by adopting an appropriate forward 
purchase strategy. 

Derivative Financial Instruments   
Derivative financial instruments recognised as assets and liabilities in the Group Balance Sheet are analysed as follows: 

Current 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Non-current 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

Current 
Interest rate swaps – not designated as hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – not designated as cash flow hedges 

Non-current 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

Assets 
¤’000 

2010 
Liabilities 
¤’000 

Net 
¤’000

– 
– 
2,486 

(18,629) 
(265) 
– 

(18,629)
(265)
2,486

2,486 

(18,894) 

(16,408)

19,220 

19,220 

– 

– 

19,220

19,220

21,706 

(18,894) 

2,812

Assets 
¤’000 

2009 
Liabilities 
¤’000 

Net 
¤’000

– 
– 
– 

– 

(24,365) 
(1,923) 
(949) 

(24,365)
(1,923)
(949)

(27,237) 

(27,237)

16,358 

16,358 

16,358 

– 

– 

16,358

16,358

(27,237) 

(10,879)

Derivative instruments which are not designated as effective hedging instruments (i.e. trading derivatives) are classified as a current asset or liability 
regardless of maturity. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining maturity of the hedged 
item is more than twelve months and as a current asset or liability if the maturity of the hedged item is less than twelve months. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

93

Cross-Currency Interest Rate Swaps 
The Group utilises cross-currency interest rate swaps to swap fixed rate US$ denominated debt of US$185m into floating rate sterling debt of Stg£111m. 
The floating rates are based on sterling LIBOR. These swaps are designated as fair value hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition  
and Measurement. 

Interest Rate Swaps 
The Group utilises interest rate swaps, not designated as hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, to swap floating 
rate euro, sterling and US$ liabilities into fixed rate euro, sterling and US$ liabilities respectively. The principal amounts of the Group’s borrowings which 
are swapped at 24 September 2010 total ¤50m, Stg£90m and US$45m (2009: total ¤105m, Stg£155m and US$45m). At 24 September 2010, the fixed 
interest rates vary from 3.04% to 5.70% (2009: 3.64% to 5.27%) and the floating rates are based on EURIBOR, sterling LIBOR and US Dollar LIBOR.  
At 24 September 2010, the maturity profile of the interest rate swaps ranged from 28 October 2010 to 28 October 2015.   

Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts 
The notional principal amounts of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at 24 September 2010 total ¤28.9m (2009: ¤102m). A net gain  
of ¤1.774m (2009: ¤0.23m) was recognised in the cash flow reserve in equity at 24 September 2010 on foreign exchange forward contracts designated 
as cash flow hedges under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, all of which has been recognised in the Income Statement for 
the year ended 24 September 2010. A gain of ¤0.591m (2009: ¤0.077m) has been recognised in the Income Statement, presented as part of discontinued 
operations, in respect of ineffective cash flow hedges in the period. No outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts are designated in cash flow 
hedges at 24 September 2010.

24. Analysis of Net Debt
Reconciliation of Opening to Closing Net Debt
Net debt is a non-IFRS measure which comprises current and non-current borrowings and the cross-currency interest rate swaps in fair value hedges 
related to the Private Placement Notes less cash and cash equivalents. It does not include other derivative financial instruments, but does include the 
proportion of the fair value of the hedging adjustment on the Private Placement Notes which is included in their carrying value on the Balance Sheet. 

The reconciliation of opening to closing net debt for the year ended 24 September 2010 is as follows: 

At 25 
  September 
2009 
¤’000 

Disposals 
¤’000 

Cash flow  adjustment  adjustments 
¤’000 

¤’000 

¤’000 

At 24 
Hedge  Translation  September 
2010 
¤’000

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

43,933 
(127,632) 
(1,855) 
(214,303) 
16,358 

(2,904) 
– 
1,836 
– 
– 

(32,403) 
82,398* 
19 
52,522 
(2,404) 

– 
– 
– 
(6,277) 
6,377 

3,081 
76 
– 
(13,600) 
1,375 

11,707
(45,158)
–
(181,658)
21,706

(283,499) 

(1,068) 

100,132 

100 

(9,068) 

(193,403)

* 

 During the year, the Group used its bank borrowing facilities to draw down ¤113.9m. The Group used ¤110m of this drawdown to restructure its debt currency profile. The Group also 
repaid ¤196.3m of its bank borrowing facilities during the year.  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 
Cross-currency interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

At 26 
  September 
2008 
¤’000 

139,040 
(191,946) 
(1,925) 
(213,698) 
(15,346) 

Disposals 
¤’000 

(9,389) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Cash flow  adjustment  adjustments 
¤’000 

At 25 
Hedge  Translation  September 
2009 
¤’000

¤’000 

¤’000 

(71,523) 
57,104* 
60 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
(30,031) 
30,759 

(14,195) 
7,210 
10 
29,426 
945 

43,933
(127,632)
(1,855)
(214,303)
16,358

Total 

(283,875) 

(9,389) 

(14,359) 

728 

23,396 

(283,499)

*  The Group concluded a refinancing of existing bank borrowings which resulted in the repayment of existing facilities totalling ¤257.6m on 15 April 2009 and the draw down  

of ¤261.5m of new facilities on the same date. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

24. Analysis of Net Debt (continued)
Comparable Net Debt 
Comparable net debt is a non-IFRS performance measure used by the Group as a key performance indicator. Comparable net debt comprises net debt 
excluding the impact of derivative financial instruments and fair value of the Private Placement Notes. The reconciliation of comparable net debt for the 
year ended 24 September 2010 is set out in the following table. 

At 25 
  September 
2009 
¤’000 

Disposals 
¤’000 

At 24 
  Translation  September 
2010 
¤’000

Cash flow  adjustments 
¤’000 

¤’000 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 

Total 

43,933 
(127,632) 
(1,855) 
(198,241) 

(2,904) 
– 
1,836 
– 

(32,403) 
82,398* 
19 
50,118 

3,081 
76 
– 
(12,250) 

11,707
(45,158)
–
(160,373)

(283,795) 

(1,068) 

100,132 

(9,093) 

(193,824)

* 

 During the year, the Group used its bank borrowing facilities to draw down ¤113.9m. The Group used ¤110m of this drawdown to restructure its debt currency profile. The Group also 
repaid ¤196.3m of its bank borrowing facilities during the year.  

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank borrowings 
Finance leases 
Private Placement Notes 

Total 

At 26 
  September 
2008 
¤’000 

139,040 
(191,946) 
(1,925) 
(228,576) 

Disposals 
¤’000 

(9,389) 
– 
– 
– 

At 25 
Translation  September 
2009 
¤’000

Cash flow  adjustments 
¤’000 

¤’000 

(71,523) 
57,104* 
60 
– 

(14,195) 
7,210 
10 
30,335 

43,933
(127,632)
(1,855)
(198,241)

(283,407) 

(9,389) 

(14,359) 

23,360 

(283,795)

*  The Group concluded a refinancing of existing bank borrowings which resulted in the repayment of existing facilities totalling ¤257.6m on 15 April 2009 and the draw down of 

¤261.5m on new facilities on the same date. 

Currency Profile  
The currency profile of net debt and derivative financial instruments at 24 September 2010 was as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 

USD 
¤’000 

4,175 
(45,158) 
(2,572) 

EUR 
¤’000 

6,280 
– 
10,034 

GBP 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

1,252 
(181,658) 
(4,650) 

11,707
(226,816)
2,812

(43,555) 

16,314 

(185,056) 

(212,297)

The currency profile of net debt and derivative financial instruments at 25 September 2009 was as follows: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 

USD 
¤’000 

396 
(37,633) 
(2,238) 

EUR 
¤’000 

20,439 
(91,855) 
(10,895) 

GBP 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

23,098 
(214,302) 
1,754 

43,933
(343,790)
(11,379)

(39,475) 

(82,311) 

(189,450) 

(311,236)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Profile 
The interest rate profile of net debt at 24 September 2010 was as follows: 

EUR 
STG 
USD 

The interest rate profile of net debt at 25 September 2009 was as follows: 

EUR 
STG 
USD 

25. Provisions for Liabilities

At beginning of year 
Provided in year 
Utilised in year 
Currency translation differences 
Unwind of discount to present value in the year 

At end of year 

Analysed as:

Non-current liabilities 
Current liabilities 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

95

Floating rate 
debt 
¤’000 

Fixed rate 
debt 
¤’000 

Total 
¤’000

6,280 
(23,134) 
15,464 

– 
(135,565) 
(56,448) 

6,280
(158,699)
(40,984)

(1,390) 

(192,013) 

(193,403)

  Floating rate 
debt 
¤’000 

Fixed rate 
debt 
¤’000 

20,439 
38,361 
(6,446) 

(91,855) 
(213,207) 
(30,791) 

Total 
¤’000

(71,416)
(174,846)
(37,237)

52,354 

(335,853) 

(283,499)

  Remediation 

Deferred 
and  contingent 
closure  consideration 
¤’000 
¤’000 

9,803 
193 
(3,368) 
– 
– 

6,628 

Other 
¤’000 

7,106 
300 
(2,602) 
473 
183 

Total 
¤’000

17,476
509
(6,394)
473
183

567 
16 
(424) 
– 
– 

159 

5,460 

12,247

2010 
¤’000 

3,950 
8,297 

12,247 

2009 
¤’000

6,188
11,288

17,476

Remediation and Closure  
Remediation and closure obligations and related costs arise primarily from the Ingredients & Property segment, and have been established to cover 
either a statutory or constructive obligation of the Group to carry out remedial works. Remediation amounts relate to irrevocable commitments  
in respect of programmes commenced and committed to in the Ingredients & Property segment, primarily related to the exit from sugar processing.  
The estimation of remediation and closure provisions is a key judgement in the preparation of the financial statements. A significant portion of the 
balance provided is not contracted and accordingly the timing of payments is subject to a degree of uncertainty. Substantially all costs are expected  
to have been incurred by September 2011. 

Deferred Contingent Consideration 
Deferred contingent consideration at 24 September 2010 and at 25 September 2009 represents the estimated amount payable in respect of the 
acquisition of the minority interest of Trilby Trading Limited. This amount becomes payable in March 2011. 

Deferred consideration arising on other acquisitions is included in other payables. 

Other 
Other provisions primarily consist of (a) provisions for leasehold dilapidations in respect of certain leases, relating to the estimated cost of reinstating 
leasehold premises to their original condition at the time of the inception of the lease as provided for in the lease agreement; and (b) provision for 
onerous contractual obligations for properties held under operating lease. It is anticipated that these will be payable within five years. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

26. Deferred Taxation
The Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are analysed as follows: 

Property,  Acquisition  Retirement  Derivative 
plant and 
financial 
intangibles  obligations  instruments 
equipment 
¤’000 
¤’000 

related 

benefit 

¤’000 

¤’000 

At beginning of year 
Income Statement charge (Note 9) 
Tax charged to equity (Note 9) 
Discontinued tax credit (Note 9) 
Disposals (Note 35) 
Currency translation differences and other 

(24,305) 
(2,456) 
– 
1,690 
6,659 
(1,218) 

(3,531) 
131 
– 
– 
– 
24 

24,312 
(1,020) 
4,223 
– 
(1,735) 
1,864 

538 
– 
(497) 
– 
(41) 
– 

At end of year 

(19,630) 

(3,376) 

27,644 

Deferred tax assets (deductible 
temporary differences) 

Deferred tax liabilities 

16,823 

– 

27,644 

(taxable temporary differences) 

(36,453) 

(3,376) 

– 

Net deferred tax liability 

(19,630) 

(3,376) 

27,644 

– 

– 

– 

– 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

Employee 
share 
options 
¤’000 

50 
87 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Other 
¤’000 

(1,719) 
487 
– 
– 
(296) 
(805) 

2009 
As re- 

2010 
Total 
¤’000 

presented * 
Total 
¤’000

(4,655) 
(2,771) 
3,726 
1,690 
4,587 
(135) 

(15,461)
378
13,153
(4,012)
155
1,132

(4,655)

137 

(2,333) 

2,442 

137 

1,680 

46,284 

42,993

– 

(4,013) 

(43,842) 

(47,648)

137 

(2,333) 

2,442 

(4,655)

No deferred tax asset is recognised in respect of certain tax losses incurred by the Group on the grounds that there is insufficient evidence that the 
assets will be recoverable. In the event that sufficient profits are generated in the relevant jurisdictions in the future, these assets may be recovered.  
The unrecognised deferred tax asset at 24 September 2010 was ¤18.2m (2009: ¤19.0m). 

No deferred tax asset is recognised in respect of certain capital losses incurred by the Group on the grounds that there is insufficient evidence that  
the assets will be recoverable. The unrecognised deferred tax asset at 24 September 2010 was ¤4.5m (2009: ¤4.5m). 

27. Government Grants

At beginning of year 
Received in year 
Amortised in year 
Disposals 
Repaid in year 
Currency translation differences 

At end of year 

2010 
¤’000 

1,096 
– 
(85) 
(908) –
– 
11 6

2009 
¤’000

1,047
166
(116)

(7)

114 

1,096

Government grants received of ¤nil (2009: ¤0.692m) are repayable under certain circumstances as set out in the grant agreements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

97

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations
The Group operates either defined benefit or defined contribution pension schemes in all of its main operating locations. Scheme assets are held  
in separate trustee administered funds. 

Defined Contribution Schemes 
The total cost charged to income of ¤2.451m (2009: ¤0.526m) represents employer contributions payable to these schemes at rates specified in the  
rules of the schemes. At year-end, ¤0.386m (2009: ¤0.032m) was included in other accruals in respect of defined contribution pension accruals. 

Defined Benefit Schemes  
The Group operates four defined benefit schemes in the Republic of Ireland and previously the Group operated a scheme in the Netherlands (the 
Eurozone schemes). The Group also operates three defined benefit schemes in the UK (the UK schemes). The Projected Unit Credit actuarial cost 
method has been employed in determining the present value of the defined benefit obligation arising, the related current service cost and, where 
applicable, past service cost. 

Actuarial gains and losses and the associated movement in the deferred tax asset are recognised in retained income via the Statement of Recognised 
Income and Expense.  

Full actuarial valuations were carried out between 1 April 2007 and 1 April 2010. In general, actuarial valuations are not available for public inspection, 
however, the results of valuations are advised to the members of the various schemes. 

The size of the obligation is sensitive to judgmental actuarial assumptions. These include demographic assumptions covering mortality, economic 
assumptions covering price inflation, benefit increases, and the discount rate. The expected return on plan assets is also a key judgement. 

The principal actuarial assumptions were as follows: 

Rate of increase in pension payment 
Discount rate 
Inflation rate 

The expected long-term rates of return on the assets of the schemes were as follows: 

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash/other 

2010 

0%-3.00% 
4.90%-5.20% 
1.80%-3.00% 

2009

0%-3.00%
5.60%-6.00%
2.00%-3.00%

2010 

7.94%-8.50% 
3.10%-5.07% 
7.50% 
1.00% 

2009

8.05%-9.50%
3.80%-5.60%
8.50%
1.00%

The expected long-term rate of return on scheme assets is calculated taking account of the available yield on fixed interest stock and allows for 
additional returns on the growth assets. 

Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on information from published statistics and experience in all geographic regions and 
are selected to reflect the characteristics and experience of the membership of the relevant plans. In relation to the UK, this has been done by adjusting 
standard mortality tables to reflect recent research into mortality experience in the UK (S1N (YoB) MC tables combined with an underpin for 
improvements factors). The average life expectancy, in years, of a pensioner retiring at 65 is as follows: 

Male 
Female 

The Group does not operate any post-employment medical benefit schemes.  

2010 
years 

20-26 
23-28 

2009 
years

20-22
23-25

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued)
Sensitivity of Pension Liability to Judgmental Assumptions 

Assumption 

Discount rate 
Rate of inflation 
Rate of mortality 

Change in assumption 

Impact on scheme liabilities

Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Increase/decrease by 0.5% 
Members assumed to live 1 year longer 

Decrease/increase by 7.4%
Increase/decrease by 4.9%
Increase by 2.6%

Market Value of the Assets of the Schemes 

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash/other 

Total market value at end of year 
Present value of scheme liabilities 

Deficit in schemes 
Deferred tax asset 

Net liability at end of year 

Defined Benefit Pension Assets and Liabilities as Analysed in the Group Balance Sheet 

Non-current liabilities 

2010 
¤’000 

211,781 
139,737 
16,819 
13,039 

2009 
¤’000

209,342
114,752
19,924
3,127

381,376 
(499,818) 

347,145
(447,004)

(118,442) 
27,644 

(99,859)
24,312

(90,798) 

(75,547)

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

(118,442) 

(99,859)

Expense Charged in the Group Income Statement in Respect of Defined Benefit Pension Schemes 

Current service costs (included in operating costs) 
Past service costs 

Total included in staff costs (Note 4) 

Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 

Total included in finance costs (continuing and discontinued) 

The total return on plan assets for the year was a gain of ¤4.045m (2009: loss of ¤7.591m). 

2010 
¤’000 

1,316 
– 

1,316 

2010 
¤’000 

25,669 
(25,338) 

331 

2009 
¤’000

3,604
58

3,662

2009 
¤’000

28,939
(30,015)

(1,076)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

99

Actuarial Losses Recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 
Actuarial losses arising on the scheme liabilities 

Total included in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense 

Cumulative Actuarial Loss Recognised in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense   

At beginning of year 
Actuarial loss for the year 

At end of year 

Movement in the Fair Value of Plan Assets  

At beginning of year 
Expected return on plan assets 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on plan assets 
Settlement on disposal of operations 
Contributions by employers 
Contributions by members 
Benefits paid 
Currency translation differences 

At end of year 

Movement in the Present Value of Defined Benefit Obligations 

At beginning of year 
Current service costs 
Past service cost 
Interest cost 
Settlement on disposal of operations 
Actuarial loss 
Contributions by members 
Benefits paid 
Currency translation differences 

At end of year 

2010 
¤’000 

21,293 
(50,084) 

2009 
¤’000

(37,606)
(11,825)

(28,791) 

(49,431)

2010 
¤’000 

(126,938) 
(28,791) 

2009 
¤’000

(77,507)
(49,431)

(155,729) 

(126,938)

2010 
¤’000 

347,145 
25,338 
21,293 
(8,395) –
11,660 
588 
(26,014) 
9,761 

2009 
¤’000

386,610
30,015
(37,606)

12,117
2,045
(27,105)
(18,931)

381,376 

347,145

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

  447,004 
1,316 
– 
25,669 
(15,041) –
50,084 
588 
(26,014) 
16,212 

454,700
3,604
58
28,939

11,825
2,045
(27,105)
(27,062)

499,818 

447,004

On the disposal of the malt businesses, ¤5.6m of the total consideration was used to fund the pension deficit in respect of active members which 
transferred to the purchaser. This transfer gave rise to a settlement gain of ¤6.6m, which is included in the profit on disposal of the malt businesses. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

28. Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued)
History of Experience Adjustments 

Present value of defined benefit obligations 
Fair value of scheme assets 

Deficit in the schemes 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000 

2008 
¤’000 

2007 
¤’000 

2006 
¤’000

(499,818) 
381,376 

(447,004) 
347,145 

(454,700) 
386,610 

(573,097) 
547,313 

(591,520)
539,898

(118,442) 

(99,859) 

(68,090) 

(25,784) 

(51,622)

Difference between the expected and actual return on scheme assets (¤’000) 
As a percentage of scheme assets 

21,293 
5.6% 

(37,606) 
10.8% 

(150,778) 
39.0% 

(11,972) 
2.2% 

2010 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Actuarial (losses)/gains on scheme liabilities (¤’000) 
As a percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities   

(50,084) 
10.0% 

(11,825) 
2.6% 

86,074 
18.9% 

Total recognised in Statement of Recognised Income and Expenses (¤’000) 
As a percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities 

(28,791) 
5.8% 

(49,431) 
11.1% 

(64,704) 
14.2% 

18,736 
3.3% 

6,764 
1.2% 

2006

21,457
4.0% 

(10,270)
1.7% 

11,187
1.9% 

The expected contributions payable to Group defined benefit schemes in 2011 are ¤12.5m. 

29. Equity Share Capital

300,000,000 ordinary shares of 63c each 
1 special rights preference share of ¤1.26 (a) 

206,668,944 (2009: 204,428,229) ordinary shares of 63c each 
3,904,716 ordinary shares of 63c each held as treasury shares (d) 
1 special rights preference share of ¤1.26 (a) 

2010 

2009 
  Authorised  Authorised  
¤’000 

¤’000 

189,000 
– –

189,000

189,000 

189,000

2010 
Issued and 
fully paid 
¤’000 

2009 
Issued and 
fully paid 
¤’000 

130,201 
2,460 
– –

128,790
2,460

132,661 

131,250

(a)  The special share is owned by the Minister for Agriculture and Food, on behalf of the Irish State. This gives the owner certain rights, inter alia,  

in relation to the shares, sugar quota and sugar producing assets of Irish Sugar Limited. 

(b)  Details of share options granted under the Company’s Executive Share Option Scheme, savings-related share option schemes and the Deferred 

Bonus Plan and the terms attaching thereto are provided in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements and in the Report on Directors Remuneration. 

(c) During the year 2,208,982 (2009: 2,553,869) shares were issued in respect of the scrip dividend scheme.   

(d)  In 1998, the company re-purchased 4,906,250 ordinary shares. During the current year and the prior year none of these shares were re-issued.  

The remaining 3,904,716 shares are held as treasury shares and are not eligible for dividends or voting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

101

Capital Risk Management 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as going concerns while maximising return to stakeholders 
through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. Capital is defined as the sum of the book value of shareholders’ equity plus comparable net 
debt but excluding land subject to remediation and pension scheme assets or deficits. The Group’s return on capital employed (ROCE) is calculated  
by dividing Group operating profit (pre-exceptional charges and amortisation of acquisition related intangibles) plus pre-tax profit from associates  
by capital for ROCE purposes as shown below. The Group monitors the return on capital of the Group as a key performance indicator. 

Book value of shareholders’ equity 
Comparable net debt (Note 24) 
Retirement benefit obligation (net of deferred tax asset) (Note 28) 

Capital 
Investment Property – land subject to remediation 

Capital for ROCE purposes 

Reconciliation of Movements on Equity Share Capital 

Share capital at beginning of year 
Shares issued during the year 

Share capital at end of year 

30. Minority Interest

At beginning of year 
Profit after tax 
Dividends paid to minorities 
Acquisitions 

At end of year 

2010 
¤’000 

178,884 
193,824 
90,798 

2009 
¤’000

172,308
283,795
75,547

  463,506 
(37,916) 

531,650
(35,391)

  425,590 

496,259

2010 
¤’000 

131,250 
1,411 

132,661 

2009 
¤’000

129,641
1,609

131,250

2010 
¤’000 

3,591 
590 
(1,300) 
– 

2,881 

2009 
¤’000

4,816
1,489 
(1,530)
(1,184)

3,591

During 2009, the Group bought the minority interest shareholdings in two of its subsidiaries, Trilby Trading Limited and Encore Knockmore Limited.  
The total cash consideration for the shares was ¤1.1m with an additional deferred contingent element payable depending on future business 
performance. The difference between the book value of the share of net assets acquired at acquisition and the consideration and related costs  
was recorded as an adjustment to goodwill.   

31. Working Capital Movement
The following represents the Groups working capital movement for continuing activities:  

Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 

2009   
As re- 

2010 
¤’000 

presented * 
¤’000

5,973 
(4,604) 
23,273 

24,642 

16,553 
14,228 
(21,975)

8,806

The total cash outflow in the year in respect of prior years exceptional charges was ¤6.5m. The exceptional cash flow excludes the cash inflow on the 
disposal of the malt, bottled water and Dutch based convenience foods businesses. 

*  As re-presented to reflect the effect of discontinued operations – refer to Notes 1, 6 and 10 for further information. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

32. Commitments under Operating Leases
Operating Leases 
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases at year end are as follows:  

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

2010 
¤’000 

9,327 
24,028 
33,607 

66,962 

2009 
¤’000

11,896
28,739
43,756

84,391

Finance Leases   
Future minimum lease payments under finance leases, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments, are as follows: 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: amounts allocated to future finance costs 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

2010 

Present 
value of 
payments 
¤’000 

2009

Minimum 
payments 
¤’000 

Present 
value of 
payments 
¤’000

Minimum 
payments 
¤’000 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

117 
388 
6,290 

6,795 
(4,940) 

1,855 

21
6
1,828

1,855
–

1,855

Finance and operating lease commitments relate to property, plant and machinery and fixtures and fittings.

33. Capital Expenditure Commitments

Capital expenditure that has been contracted for but not been provided for in the Financial Statements 
Capital expenditure that has been authorised by the Directors but not yet been contracted 

2010 
¤’000 

3,445 
4,141 

7,586 

2009 
¤’000

1,809
423

2,232

34. Contingencies
The Company and certain subsidiaries have given guarantees in respect of borrowings and other obligations arising in the ordinary course of the business 
of the Company and other Group undertakings. The Company and other Group undertakings consider these guarantees to be insurance contracts and 
account for them as such. The Company treats these guarantee contracts as contingent liabilities until such time as it becomes probable that a payment 
will be required under such guarantees. 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities of certain subsidiary 
undertakings in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year ended 24 September 2010 and as a result, such subsidiary undertakings have been 
exempted from the filing provisions of Section 7, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986. 

Various subsidiaries of the Group are subject to legal proceedings. Provisions for anticipated settlement costs and associated expenses arising  
from legal and other disputes are made where a reliable estimate can be made of the probable outcome of the proceedings. 

The Group has provided security to the Government of Ireland for the purpose of facilitating the receipt of restructuring aid as provided for in 
Commission Regulation (EC) No 968/2006. The security is in the form of a bank guarantee and amounts to ¤9.4m (2009: ¤9.4m). The guarantee 
becomes payable if the Group does not complete one or more of its commitments under the restructuring plan, at which time, that part of the aid 
granted in respect of the commitment concerned can be recovered from the Group. The Group continues to perform its commitments under its 
restructuring plan and accordingly, in the opinion of the Directors, the likelihood of repayment of any restructuring aid received is considered to be 
remote and therefore no provision has been recognised in the Group Financial Statements in respect of this guarantee. 

As part of the agreement to dispose of Greencore Malt, the Group provided a bank guarantee to Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles for an amount 
of ¤10.0 million to guarantee the performance by the Group of its payment obligations in respect of any breach of warranty, indemnity or covenant 
under the disposal agreement in respect of any claim made by Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles up to 26 March 2012. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

103

35. Disposal of Undertakings
The Group disposed of its interest in its malt, bottled water and Dutch based convenience foods businesses in 2010. The respective profit and losses  
on the disposal of these businesses were recognised in the Group Income Statement within discontinued operations. The details of the disposals are  
set out in Note 6. 

As referred to in Note 6, the Group disposed of its interest in its grain trading business at Drummonds in 2009. The loss on disposal of this business  
was recognised in the Group Income Statement within continuing operations.  

The net assets of the businesses disposed of, the total consideration received and the portion of consideration consisting of cash and cash equivalents 
and the amount of cash and cash equivalents over which control was lost are as follows:  

Assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Deferred tax assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

Liabilities 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial liabilities 
Government grants 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Total enterprise value 

Profit/(loss) on disposal 
Recycle of losses recorded in equity on foreign exchange and cash flow hedges 
Working capital adjustments 
Disposal related costs* 

Total consideration 

Reconciliation of consideration received to cash received  
Total consideration 
Deferred consideration 
Working capital adjustments received on completion 

Net consideration received on completion 
Disposal related costs paid 

Net cash inflow arising on disposal 

Satisfied by: 
Cash payments 
Cash and cash equivalents disposed of** 

Net cash inflow arising on disposal 

*  Disposal related costs consists of pension curtailment gains and transaction costs. 
**  Cash and cash equivalents disposed of consist of both cash and cash equivalents and borrowings. 

The deferred consideration is receivable in March 2011, March 2012 and August 2013. 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

1,619 –
89,050 
1,776 –
31,221 
38,371 
2,902 –

1,216

3,128
4,252

164,939 

8,596

(5,601)

(1,834) –
(55,471) 
(158) –
(908) –
(6,363) –

(64,734) 

(5,601)

100,205 

2,995

(283)

2,253 
7,340 –
16,071 –
16,387 –

142,256 

2,712

142,256 

2,712

(7,282) –
(17,392) –

117,582 
(12,810) –

2,712

104,772 

2,712

105,840 
(1,068) 

104,772 

12,101
(9,389)

2,712

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

36. Related Party Disclosures
The principal related party relationships requiring disclosure in the Group Financial Statements under IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures pertain to the 
existence of subsidiaries and associates and transactions with these entities entered into by the Group and the identification and compensation of key 
management personnel as addressed in greater detail below. 

Subsidiaries and Associates 
The Group Financial Statements include the Financial Statements of the Company (Greencore Group plc, the ultimate parent) and its subsidiaries  
and associates. A listing of the principal subsidiaries and associates is provided in Note 37 of the Group Financial Statements. 

Sales to and purchases from, together with outstanding payables and receivables to and from, subsidiaries, are eliminated in the preparation of  
the Group Financial Statements in accordance with IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements. Amounts receivable from and payable  
to associates as at the balance sheet date are included as separate line items in the notes to the Group Financial Statements. 

Terms and Conditions of Transactions with Associates 
In general, sales to and purchases from associates are on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions. The outstanding balances 
included in receivables and payables at the balance sheet date in respect of transactions with associates are unsecured, interest free and settlement 
arises in cash. No guarantees have been either requested or provided in relation to the associates company receivables and payables. 

Key Management Personnel 
For the purposes of the disclosure requirements of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, the term key management personnel (i.e. those persons having 
the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company), comprise the Board of Directors which manages 
the business and affairs of the Company. As identified in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration, the Directors, other than the Non-Executive Directors, 
serve as executive officers of the Company.  

Key management personnel compensation was as follows: 

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 

2010 
¤’000 

4,588 
505 
1,241 

6,334 

2009 
¤’000

3,336
173
475

3,984

37. Principal Subsidiaries and Associated Undertakings

Name of subsidiary 

Nature of business 

Percentage share 

Registered office

Breadwinner Foods Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Greencore Advances Limited 

Finance Company 

Greencore Developments Limited 

Property Company 

Greencore Finance Limited 

Finance Company 

Greencore Funding Limited** 

Finance Company 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA 

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9 

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9 

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9 

P.O. Box 87, 22 Grenville Street
St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those indicated with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked ** which is 

incorporated in Jersey, and that marked *** which is incorporated in the USA. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of subsidiary 

Greencore USA, Inc*** 

Nature of business 

Food Processors 

100 

Greencore UK Holdings plc* 

Holding Company 

100 

Hazlewood (Blackditch) Limited* 

Property Company 

100 

Hazlewood Convenience  
Food Group Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Hazlewood Convenience  
Group 1 Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Hazlewood Foods Limited* 

Holding Company 

100 

Hazlewood Grocery Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Irish Sugar Limited 

General Trading Company 

100 

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

105

Percentage share 

Registered office

The Corporation Service Company
1209 Orange Street 
City of Willmington
County of Newcastle
Delaware
USA 

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those indicated with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked ** which is 

incorporated in Jersey, and that marked *** which is incorporated in the USA. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Group Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

37. Principal Subsidiaries and Associated Undertakings (continued) 

Name of subsidiary 

Ministry of Cake Limited* 

Nature of business 

Food Processors 

Percentage share 

Registered office

100 

Oldfields Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

Premier Molasses Company Limited 

Molasses Trading 

R & B (Bristol) Limited* 

Food Processors 

50 

100 

Sushi San Limited* 

Food Processors 

100 

The Robert’s Group Limited* 

Food Processors 

Trilby Trading Limited 

Food Industry Suppliers 

United Molasses (Ireland) Limited* 

Molasses Trading 

100 

100 

50 

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Harbour Road
Foynes, Co. Limerick

Greencore Group
UK Centre 
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park 
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Greencore Group
UK Centre
Midland Way
Barlborough Links Business Park
Barlborough
Chesterfield S43 4XA

Midland Road
Hunslet, Leeds, LS10 2RJ

No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park, Santry
Dublin 9

Duncrue Street
Belfast BT3 9AQ

All the above companies are incorporated in the Republic of Ireland except those indicated with * which are incorporated within the United Kingdom, that marked ** which is 
incorporated in Jersey, and that marked *** which is incorporated in the USA. The principal country of operation of each company is the country in which it is incorporated. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

107

38. Subsequent Events
On 17 November 2010, the Group announced that it had reached agreement with the board of Northern Foods plc on the terms of a recommended 
merger of equals to create Essenta Foods. If the merger becomes effective, Northern Foods shareholders will receive 0.4479 of a new Greencore share  
for every Northern Foods share held by them. On this basis, Greencore Shareholders and Northern Foods Shareholders will each hold approximately 
50% of the enlarged, fully diluted, share capital of the combined group. Greencore will be renamed Essenta Foods upon the merger completing. 

The Boards of Greencore and Northern Foods believe that the merger is a compelling prospect for both companies, creating a business which offers 
substantial benefits for shareholders, customers and employees. The Boards of Greencore and Northern Foods believe that the merger will: 

 •

 •

combine two highly complementary businesses to create an operator with an enhanced presence in the attractive private label convenience foods 
category with significant branded positions in Biscuits (Fox’s) and Frozen Pizzas (Goodfella’s);

provide the ability to drive cost efficiencies and combine complementary customer bases and provide opportunities to deepen relationships with  
key customers; and

 •

provide a stronger credit profile, which will help to ensure greater financial and strategic flexibility in future.  

The merger, which will be effected under the European cross-border mergers regime, will be carried out as a “merger by absorption” for the purposes  
of the relevant UK Cross-Border Mergers Regulations and a “merger by acquisition” for the purposes of the relevant Irish Cross-Border Mergers 
Regulations. It will result in Northern Foods’ assets and liabilities being transferred to Greencore by order of the Irish High Court and Northern Foods 
Shareholders receiving new Greencore shares in consideration for this transfer. The Boards of Greencore and Northern Foods reserve the right (with 
the consent of the UK Panel and/or the Irish Panel, as the case may be) to implement the merger by means of an alternate transaction structure  
if considered necessary or desirable. 

Subject to receipt of all applicable regulatory clearances and the satisfaction or waiver of all other conditions to the merger, it is expected that the 
merger will be completed during the second quarter of 2011. 

The initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete at the date of approval of the Group Financial Statements as the transaction has  
not completed.

On 7 December 2010, the Group announced the acquisition of On A Roll Sales Inc. (“On a Roll”), a manufacturer of fresh sandwiches based in Brockton, 
south of Boston, Massachusetts. The Group obtained 100% control of On a Roll by way of asset purchase.

The initial accounting for the business combination is incomplete at the date of approval of the Group Financial Statements due to the timing of the 
acquisition and, as a result, information is not available in respect of goodwill to be recognised, the acquisition-date fair value of consideration and the 
amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to be recognised as at the acquisition date. 

39. Board Approval
The Group Financial Statements, together with the Company Financial Statements for the year ended 24 September 2010, were approved by the Board 
of Directors and authorised for issue on 9 December 2010. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 Greencore Group plc
108 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Company Statement of Accounting Policies
year ended 24 September 2010

Accounting Standards

The Company Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting standards generally accepted in Ireland and with the Companies Acts, 
1963 to 2009.

Accounting Convention

These Financial Statements are prepared under the historical cost convention.

Profit and Loss

The profit attributable to equity shareholders dealt with in the Financial Statements of the Parent Company was ¤6.442m (2009: ¤32.410m).  
In accordance with section 148(8) of the Companies Act, 1963 and section 7(1A) of the Companies Amendment Act, 1986, the Company is availing  
of the exemption from presenting its individual Profit and Loss Account to the Annual General Meeting and from filing it with the Registrar  
of Companies. 

Foreign Currency

Foreign currency transactions are booked in the functional currency at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency 
monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences 
are included in profit or loss for the year.

Investments

Investments in subsidiaries and associated undertakings are held at cost. The Company assesses investments for impairment whenever events  
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. If any such indication of impairment exists,  
the Company makes an estimate of its recoverable amount. When the carrying amount of an investment exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
investment is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated so as to write off the cost or valuation, less estimated residual value, of each fixed asset during its expected useful life using 
the straight line or reducing balance methods over the following periods:

Plant, machinery, fixtures and fittings 

3-25 years

No depreciation is provided on freehold land.

Employee Share Options

The Company grants equity settled share-based payments and share awards to employees (through Executive Share Option and Share Award Schemes 
and employee Sharesave Schemes). In the case of these options, the fair value is determined using a trinomial valuation model, as measured at the date 
of grant. The fair value is expensed to the Profit and Loss Account on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on an estimate of the number  
of shares that will eventually vest. 

The proceeds received when options are exercised, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to share capital and share premium. 

Taxation

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates and tax laws enacted or substantively enacted,  
at the balance sheet date along with any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences which have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions  
or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future, or a right to pay less tax in the future, have occurred at the balance sheet date.

Timing differences are temporary differences between profit as computed for taxation purposes and profit as stated in the Financial Statements  
which arise because certain items of income and expenditure in the Financial Statements are dealt with in different periods for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent which they are regarded as recoverable. Recoverability is assessed on the basis that more likely  
than not there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

109

Retirement Benefits
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate defined contribution scheme. 
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the Profit and Loss Account as due. Any difference 
between the amounts charged to the Profit and Loss Account and contributions paid to the pension scheme are included in debtors or creditors in the 
Balance Sheet.

Defined Benefit Pension Plan
Pension benefits are funded over the employees’ years of service by way of contributions to a defined benefit scheme operated by the Company. 
Pursuant to paragraph 9 (b) of FRS 17, as the Directors of the Company are unable to determine the portion of the pension scheme assets and liabilities 
which relate to the employees of the Company, the Company has accounted for the contributions as if the scheme were a defined contribution scheme. 
Contributions to the plan are charged to the Profit and Loss Account as due. Any difference between the amounts charged to the Profit and Loss 
Account and contributions paid to the pension scheme are included in debtors or creditors in the Balance Sheet. 

Share Capital
Ordinary Shares
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are taken as a deduction,  
within equity net of tax, from the proceeds.

Treasury Shares
Where the Company purchases the Company’s equity share capital, the consideration paid is deducted from the total shareholders’ equity and  
classified as treasury shares until they are cancelled. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received is included  
in total shareholders’ equity.

Dividends
Interim dividends payable are recognised as a liability of the Company when the Board of Directors resolves to pay the dividend and the shareholders 
have been notified in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association. Final dividends of the Company are recognised as a liability when they 
have been approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Cash Flow

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available to it under FRS 1 Cash flow Statements not to prepare a statement of cash flows.

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
110 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Company Balance Sheet 
at 24 September 2010   

Fixed assets 
Tangible assets 
Financial assets 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors (amounts due within one year) 
Creditors 
Bank overdrafts and other short-term obligations 

Net current assets 

Total assets less creditors (amounts falling due within one year) 

Creditors (amounts due after more than one year) 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Share capital 
Capital conversion reserve fund 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Profit and loss account 

Shareholders’ funds 

EF Sullivan 
Director 

GP Doherty 
Director

Notes 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

1 
2 

1,358 
97,501 

98,859 

1,422
112,539

113,961

3  870,370 
3,821 

875,872
1,291

874,191 

877,163

4  504,355 

515,960

– 3

  504,355 

515,963

369,836 

361,200

  468,695 

475,161

– 6

  468,695 

475,155

5 
6 
6 
6 
6 

132,661 
934 
121,162 
(20,380) 
234,318 

131,250
934
119,623
(19,686)
243,034

  468,695 

475,155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Greencore Group plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2010

111

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010  

1. Tangible Assets

Cost 
At 25 September 2009 
Additions 

At 24 September 2010 

Depreciation 
At 25 September 2009 
Charge for the year 

At 24 September 2010 

Net book value 
At 24 September 2010 

At 25 September 2009 

2. Financial Assets

Interest in subsidiary undertakings 

At beginning of year 
Movement in year 

At end of year 

Computer 

Fixtures 
software  and fittings 
¤’000 

¤’000 

– 
7 

7 

– 
– 

– 

7 

– 

Total 
¤’000 

1,452
27

1,479

30
91

121

1,452 
20 

1,472 

30 
91 

121 

1,351 

1,358

1,422 

1,422

2010 
¤’000 

112,539 
(15,038) 

2009 
¤’000

112,643
(104)

97,501 

112,539

The principal trading subsidiary and associated undertakings are set out in Note 37 to the Group Financial Statements. 

3. Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings* 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 

*  Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are classified as current, as all inter-company receivables and payables are repayable on demand.   

4. Creditors

Amounts falling due within one year 

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings* 
Declared interim dividend 
Trade and other creditors 
Accruals 

2010 
¤’000 

2009 
¤’000

  870,259 
61 
50 

875,558
93
221

  870,370 

875,872

2010 
¤’000 

491,883 
6,199 
2,183 
4,090 

2009 
¤’000

505,022
6,133
2,083
2,722

  504,355 

515,960

*  Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are classified as current, as all inter-company receivables and payables are repayable on demand. 

5. Share Capital
Details in respect of called-up share capital are presented in Note 29 of the Group Financial Statements. 

O
v
e
r
v
i
e
w

B
u
s
i

n
e
s
s
R
e
v
i
e
w

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

F

i

n
a
n
c
i
a
l
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 Greencore Group plc

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Notes to the Company Financial Statements 
year ended 24 September 2010 (continued)

6. Equity Reserves

At beginning of year 
Premium on issue of shares 
Employee share options expense 
Shares acquired by Deferred Share Awards Trust (a) 
Transfer on exercise, forfeit or lapse of share options that have vested   
Settlement of grant 
Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Dividends 

At end of year 

Capital 
conversion 
reserve 
fund 
¤’000 

934 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

934 

2010

Own 
shares 
reserve 
¤’000 

(21,443) 
– 
– 
(2,000) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
¤’000 

119,623 
1,539 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
option 
reserve 
¤’000 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
¤’000

1,757  243,034
–
–
–
298
–
6,442
(15,456)

– 
1,731 
– 
(298) 
(127) 
– 
– 

121,162 

(23,443) 

3,063  234,318

(a)  Pursuant to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan, 1,425,832 shares were purchased by the Trustees of the Plan in the financial year ended  

24 September 2010 at a cost of ¤2.0m. These shares are included in the Balance Sheet at cost of ¤2.0m. 

7. Retirement Benefits
The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme and a defined contribution scheme, with assets held in separate trustee administered funds. 

Some employees of the Company are members of a multi-employer defined benefit pension scheme, which is operated in conjunction with other  
Group companies. The defined benefit scheme is accounted for as if it were a defined contribution scheme on the grounds that the Company is unable 
to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities in the scheme on a consistent and reasonable basis. The defined benefit scheme of which 
some employees are members is not included on the Balance Sheet of the Company as it is not possible to determine the proportion of the assets and 
liabilities of the scheme that relates to the Company on a reasonable and consistent basis. A substantial number of deferred beneficiaries of the scheme 
were employees of entities that either no longer trade or are no longer owned by the Group. 

Total pension costs for the year amounted to ¤2.352m (2009: ¤0.293m) in respect of defined benefit schemes and ¤0.265m (2009: ¤0.103m)  
in respect of defined contribution schemes. At year-end, ¤0.04m (2009: ¤0.023m) was included in other accruals in respect of pension cost accruals. 

Disclosures in relation to this and all other Group defined benefit pension schemes are given in Note 28 to the Group Financial Statements. 

8. Share-Based Payments
The Company grants share options under various share option plans as detailed in the Report of the Directors. A charge of ¤1.226m (2009: ¤0.671m) 
was recognised in the Profit and Loss Account of the Company in respect of the employees of the Company. All disclosures relating to the plans are 
given in Note 5 to the Group Financial Statements. 

9. Financial Guarantee Contracts
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 17, Companies (Amendment) Act, 1986, the Company has guaranteed the liabilities of certain subsidiary 
undertakings in the Republic of Ireland for the financial year ended 24 September 2010. Where the Company has entered into financial guarantee 
contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of such subsidiaries, the Company considers these to be insurance contracts and accounts for them as such. 

The Company is party to cross guarantees on Group borrowings. These are treated as insurance contracts and accounted for as such.

As part of the agreement to dispose of Greencore Malt, the Company provided a bank guarantee to Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles for  
an amount of ¤10.0 million to guarantee the performance by the Company of its payment obligations in respect of any breach of warranty, indemnity  
or covenant under the disposal agreement in respect of any claim made by Axéréal Union de Coopératives Agricoles up to 26 March 2012. 

10. Statutory Information
During the period the average number of persons employed by the Company (excluding Non-Executive Directors) was 29 (2009: 29). 

Directors’ remuneration is disclosed in the Report on Directors’ Remuneration and in Note 36 to the Group Financial Statements. 

Auditor’s remuneration for the Company for the year is set at ¤50,000 (2009: ¤40,000). 

The Company has annual commitments under operating leases expiring after five years totalling ¤0.854m. 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights
Financial

 •
 •
 •
 •
 •

 •

1 of ¤856.0m, an increase of 6.9%.

2 from continuing operations1 of ¤59.7m, an increase of 17.6%.
2 from continuing operations1 of 7.0%, an increase of 63bps.

Group sales from continuing operations
Group operating profit
Group operating margin
A 31.8% reduction, year on year, in Group net debt to ¤193.4m from ¤283.5m at the end of FY09.
Final dividend of 4.5 cent per share (FY09: 4.5 cent) resulting in a total dividend for the year of  
7.5 cent per share (FY09: 7.5 cent per share).
Adjusted EPS

3 of 16.7 cent compared to 17.4 cent in FY09.

Strong performance in Convenience Foods division

1 of ¤784.5m ahead of FY09 by 10.7%.

2 in continuing businesses1 increased by 21.1% to ¤54.1m.

2 by 60 bps to 6.9% in continuing businesses1.

1 growth, operating profit1,2 growth and margin1,2 expansion.

 •
 •
 •
 •

Sales in continuing businesses
Operating profit
Improvement in operating margin
A year of excellent sales
- 
-  Benefit of lower UK manufacturing capacity.
- 
-  Growth in US sales by 18%.

 Further delivery on the Group’s lean and operating efficiency programmes.

 Supportive consumer trends of increased ‘at home’ and ‘on the go’ food consumption.

Portfolio change and other business highlights

 •

 •

Following three strategic disposals for an aggregate total consideration of ¤142.3m
emerged at the end of FY10 as a leaner, more focused convenience foods group with two key  
geographies, the UK and the US.
-  Malt disposal completed on 26 March 2010. 
-  Water business disposal completed on 26 March 2010.
- 
 Continental European convenience food business disposal completed on 20 August 2010.
Remaining Ingredients & Property activity trading satisfactorily and representing less than 10%  
of Group sales and operating profit post the disposal of Malt.

4 the Group  

1 

2 
3 

4 

 Continuing operations comparisons exclude disposed activities (Malt in the Ingredients &  
Property division and Water and the Continental businesses in the Convenience Foods division).
 Before exceptional items and acquisition related amortisation.
 Before exceptional items, pension finance items, acquisition related amortisation, FX on  
inter-company and certain external loan balances and the movement in the fair value of  
all derivative financial instruments and related debt adjustments.
Including deferred amounts and portion of pension liabilities transferred.

856.0

800.9

Revenue 1 ¤m

2010

2009

+6.9%

Revenue 1 by division

  92%  Convenience Foods
  8% 

Ingredients & Property

Operating profit 1,2  ¤m

2010

2009

59.7

50.8

+17.6%

Operating profit 1,2 by division

  91%  Convenience Foods
  9% 

Ingredients & Property

Adjusted EPS 3 (cents)

2010

2009

16.7

17.4

–4.0%

Group Revenue:

¤856m

Convenience
Food Revenue:

¤785m

Ingredients &
Property Revenue:

¤71m

Employees:

7,444

Our
Past
2000: 
 •

Acquisition of Roberts Group Ltd.  
(frozen savouries and desserts)

2001:
 •

Acquisition of Hazlewood  
Foods plc

2002: 
 •

Disposal of non-core  
Hazlewood businesses

2004:
 •

Consolidation of Chilled Foods  
and Ambient & Frozen Foods  
divisions to become Greencore  
Convenience Foods

2006: 
 •

Last sugar site at Mallow closed

 •

Acquisition of Oldfields sandwich  
facility in Bow

2007: 
 •

Acquisition of Sushi San, sushi  
manufacturer in Crosby

 •

Acquisition of the leading foodservice 
desserts manufacturer Ministry of Cake

 •

Acquisition of Ross’s ambient grocery brand

2008: 
 •

Greencore enter US market with  
acquisition of Home Made Brand  
Foods in Boston

2009:
 •

Disposal of Drummonds

 •

 Greencore’s second US facility  
opened in Cincinnati

Our
Present
2010: 
 •

Disposal of Greencore Malt,  
Water and Continental

Our US
Locations

Shareholder and Other Information

Greencore Group plc is an Irish registered company. Its ordinary shares are quoted on the Irish Stock Exchange and the London Stock Exchange. 
Greencore has a level 1 American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programme for which the Bank of New York acts as depositary (Symbol: GNCGY).  
Each ADR share represents four Greencore ordinary shares.

Shareholding Statistics as at 7 December 2010

Number of holders 
% 

Number 

5,598 
3,954 
721 
351 
150 
41 
25 
55 

51.4 
36.3 
6.6 
3.2 
1.4 
0.4 
0.2 
0.5 

Ordinary shares

Number 

  2,079,469 
  8,896,655 
  5,098,974 
  5,390,808 
  7,309,429 
6,591,192 
9,119,862 
  163,270,468 

%

1.0
4.2
2.5
2.6
3.5
3.2
4.4
78.6

10,895 

100.0 

  207,756,857 

100.0

Stockbrokers
Goodbody Stockbrokers
Ballsbridge Business Park
Ballsbridge
Dublin 4

Investec Securities
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP
UK

American Depositary Receipts
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
22nd Floor – West
New York NY 10286
USA

Website
www.greencore.com

Range of shares held 

0 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 25,000 
25,001 – 100,000 
100,001 – 250,000 
250,001 – 500,000 
Over 500,000 

Financial Calendar

Record date for 2010 final dividend 
Annual General Meeting 
Payment date for 2010 final dividend 
Half yearly financial report 
Financial year end 
Interim Management Statement  
Interim dividend payment 
Preliminary announcement of results 

3 December 2010
31 January 2011
1 April 2011
May 2011
30 September 2011
August 2011
October 2011
November 2011

Advisors and Registered Office

Company Secretary
Conor O’Leary ACIS

Registered Office
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry 
Dublin 9

Auditor
KPMG
1 Stokes Place
St Stephen’s Green
Dublin 2

Registrar and Transfer Office
Computershare Investor
Services (Ireland) Limited
Heron House, Corrig Road
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18

Solicitors
Arthur Cox
Earlsfort Centre
Earlsfort Terrace
Dublin 2

Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London EC1Y 8YY
UK

Eversheds
Bridgewater Place
Water Lane
Leeds LS11 5DR
UK

You can also view this report online at  
http://ar2010.greencore.com/

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
greencore.com

G
r
e
e
n
c
o
r
e
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
1
0

Bringing 
Convenience to 

Greencore Group plc
No. 2 Northwood Avenue
Northwood Business Park
Santry
Dublin 9

Tel:  +353 1 605 1000
Fax: +353 1 605 1099

Annual Report and Accounts 2010

Welcome
About  
Greencore

Greencore Group plc is a leading 
convenience food business with an  
annual turnover in excess of €850m.  
It has manufacturing facilities in the  
United Kingdom and in the United States  
and employs over 7,400 people.

Greencore
Vision

Our vision is to be a leading international 
food company delivering convenient, 
premium-quality meal and snack  
solutions to retailers and foodservice 
providers at prices the majority of today’s 
consumers can afford every day.